Table of Contents
- User Guide
- Copyright
- 1 Safety
- 2 Learn About the Printer
- 3 Set up, Install, and Configure
- Selecting a location for the printer
- Attaching Cables
- Installing optional trays
- Initial Setup Wizard
- Xerox® Easy Assist App
- Networking
- Connecting the printer to a wired Ethernet network
- Connecting the Printer to a Wi-Fi Network
- Connecting the printer to a wireless network using Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
- Configuring Wi-Fi Direct
- Connecting a mobile device to the printer
- Connecting a computer to the printer
- Deactivating the Wi-Fi network
- Checking the printer connectivity
- Changing the printer port settings after installing an internal solutions port
- Setting Up and Using the Home Screen Applications
- Setting up the printer to fax
- Setting up the fax function
- Setting up fax using a standard telephone line
- Setting up fax in countries or regions with different telephone wall jacks and plugs
- Connecting to a distinctive ring service
- Setting the fax date and time
- Configuring daylight saving time
- Configuring the fax speaker settings
- Configuring the Email SMTP Settings
- Setting up using accessbility features
- Loading paper and specialty media
- Adjusting the speaker volume
- Configuring Device Sounds Settings
- Setting up Card Copy
- Using Shortcut Center
- Setting up Device Quotas
- Configuring Eco-Settings
- Using Customer Support
- Managing contacts
- Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware
- Installing the printer software
- Adding printers to a computer
- Installing the print driver software
- Operating System Requirements
- Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows Network Printer
- Installing the Windows Print Driver .zip File
- Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows USB Printer
- Installing the Printer as a Web Service on Devices
- Installing the Drivers and Utilities for MacOS
- Installing Print Drivers and Utilities for UNIX and Linux
- Updating Software
- Exporting or importing a configuration file
- Adding available options in the print driver
- Printing the Menu Settings Page
- 4 Secure the printer
- 5 Print
- 6 Copy
- 7 Email
- 8 Fax
- 9 Scan
- 10 Use the Printer Menus
- 11 Maintain the Printer
- 12 Troubleshooting
- Network connection problems
- Hardware options problems
- Printing problems
- Print quality is poor
- Blank or white pages
- Dark print
- Ghost images
- Gray or colored background
- Incorrect margins
- Light print
- Missing colors
- Mottled print and dots
- Paper curl
- Print crooked or skewed
- Solid color or black images
- Text or images cut off
- Toner easily rubs off
- Uneven print density
- Horizontal dark lines
- Vertical dark lines
- Horizontal white lines
- Vertical white lines
- Repeating defects
- Confidential and other held documents do not print
- Slow printing
- Print jobs do not print
- The printer is not responding
- Job prints from the wrong tray or on the wrong paper
- Print quality is poor
- Issues with supplies
- Paper feed problems
- Paper Jams
- Envelope seals when printing
- Collated printing does not work
- Tray linking does not work
- Color quality problems
- Faxing problems
- Scanning problems
- Contacting customer support
- A Regulatory Information
- Basic Regulations
- Noise Emission Levels
- European Union Lot 19 Ecodesign Directive
- Static Sensitivity Notice
- ENERGY STAR
- Temperature Information
- Información de la energía de México
- Laser Notice
- Power
- Telecommunication Regulatory Notices
- Regulatory Notices for Wireless Products
- Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Information Statement
- Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada Compliance Statement
- Germany
- Turkey RoHS Regulation
- Ukraine RoHS Compliance
- Copy Regulations
- Material Safety Data Sheets
- Basic Regulations
- B Recycling and Disposal
Xerox C315V/DNI User Manual
Displayed below is the user manual for C315V/DNI by Xerox which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.
Related Manuals
VERSION 2.1
AUGUST 2022
702P08898
Xerox®C315 Color
Multifunction Printer
User Guide
© 2022 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Xerox®is trademark of Xerox Corporation in the United States and
other countries.
Adobe®, Adobe PDF logo, Adobe®Reader®, Adobe®Type Manager®, ATM™, Flash®, Macromedia®, Photoshop®, and
PostScript®are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc.
Apple®, Bonjour®, EtherTalk™, TrueType®, iPad®, iPhone®, iPod®, iPod touch®, AirPrint®and the AirPrint Logo®, Mac®, Mac
OS®, and Macintosh®are trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Gmail™webmail service, and Android™mobile technology platform are trademarks of Google, Inc.
HP-GL®, HP-UX®, and PCL®are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
IBM®and AIX®are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/
or other countries.
McAfee®, ePolicy Orchestrator®, and McAfee ePO™are trademarks or registered trademarks of McAfee, Inc. in the
United States and other countries.
Microsoft®, Windows Vista®, Windows®, Windows Server®, and OneDrive®are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and other countries.
Mopria is a trademark of the Mopria Alliance.
PANTONE®and other Pantone, Inc. trademarks are the property of Pantone, Inc.
UNIX®is a trademark in the United States and other countries, licensed exclusively through X/ Open Company
Limited.
Linux®is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Wi-Fi Direct®is a trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance.
PCL®is a registered trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company. PCL is a designation of a set of printer commands
(language) and functions included in its printer products. This printer is intended to be compatible with the PCL
language. This means the printer recognizes PCL commands used in various application programs, and that the
printer emulates the functions corresponding to the commands.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 3
Contents
1 Safety.............................................................................................................................................11
Conventions.................................................................................................................................12
Product Statements.......................................................................................................................13
Maintenance Safety ......................................................................................................................16
Consumable Information................................................................................................................17
2 Learn About the Printer ......................................................................................................................19
Printer configurations.....................................................................................................................20
Using the Control Panel..................................................................................................................21
Understanding the Status of the Power Button and the Indicator Light ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . 22
Customizing the home screen..........................................................................................................23
Using the home screen............................................................................................................23
Changing the Language of the Keyboard on the Display . . . ..... ....... ..... .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . 25
Using Display Customization...........................................................................................................26
Managing screen saver and slide show images.. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . 26
Changing the wallpaper image .................................................................................................26
Running a slide show from a flash drive .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . .. 26
Selecting Paper.............................................................................................................................27
Paper Guidelines.....................................................................................................................27
Paper Characteristics...............................................................................................................27
Unacceptable Paper................................................................................................................28
Selecting Preprinted Forms and Letterhead. .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . . 28
Storing Paper.........................................................................................................................29
Supported paper sizes .............................................................................................................29
Supported paper types ............................................................................................................32
Supported paper weights.........................................................................................................33
3 Set up, Install, and Configure...............................................................................................................35
Selecting a location for the printer....................................................................................................36
Attaching Cables...........................................................................................................................37
Installing optional trays..................................................................................................................38
Initial Setup Wizard ......................................................................................................................39
Xerox®Easy Assist App....................................................................................................................40
Connecting to the Xerox®Easy Assist App for Installed Printers . . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . 42
Networking ..................................................................................................................................44
Connecting the printer to a wired Ethernet network . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . . 44
Connecting the Printer to a Wi-Fi Network... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . 44
Connecting the printer to a wireless network using Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. 44
Configuring Wi-Fi Direct...........................................................................................................45
Connecting a mobile device to the printer . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . 45
Connecting a computer to the printer.........................................................................................46
Deactivating the Wi-Fi network .................................................................................................46
Checking the printer connectivity...............................................................................................47
4Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Changing the printer port settings after installing an internal solutions port . ..... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ..... 47
Setting Up and Using the Home Screen Applications ...... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . 48
Finding the IPAddress of the Printer ..........................................................................................48
Managing bookmarks..............................................................................................................48
Setting up the printer to fax............................................................................................................50
Setting up the fax function.......................................................................................................50
Setting up fax using a standard telephone line. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. 51
Setting up fax in countries or regions with different telephone wall jacks and plugs . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . 52
Connecting to a distinctive ring service . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . 54
Setting the fax date and time...................................................................................................54
Configuring daylight saving time...............................................................................................54
Configuring the fax speaker settings...........................................................................................54
Configuring the Email SMTP Settings................................................................................................55
Using the Email Setup Wizard in the Printer. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . 55
Using the Settings Menu in the Printer........................................................................................55
Using the Embedded Web Server...............................................................................................55
Email Service Providers ............................................................................................................56
Setting up using accessbility features................................................................................................64
Activating Voice Guidance........................................................................................................64
Navigating the screen using gestures .........................................................................................64
Enabling Magnification mode...................................................................................................65
Adjusting the Voice Guidance speech rate. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . . 65
Using the keyboard on the display.............................................................................................65
Enabling spoken passwords or personal identification numbers . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. 65
Loading paper and specialty media ..................................................................................................66
Setting the paper size and type.................................................................................................66
Configuring Universal paper settings..........................................................................................66
Loading Trays ........................................................................................................................66
Loading the Multipurpose Feeder...............................................................................................68
Loading the Manual Feeder......................................................................................................71
Linking trays ..........................................................................................................................73
Adjusting the speaker volume..........................................................................................................74
Adjusting the default internal speaker volume . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . . 74
Configuring the fax speaker settings...........................................................................................74
Configuring Device Sounds Settings..................................................................................................75
Setting up Card Copy.....................................................................................................................76
Using Shortcut Center....................................................................................................................77
Setting up Device Quotas ...............................................................................................................78
Configuring Eco-Settings.................................................................................................................79
Using Customer Support.................................................................................................................80
Managing contacts........................................................................................................................81
Adding contacts.....................................................................................................................81
Adding groups .......................................................................................................................81
Editing contacts or groups........................................................................................................81
Deleting contacts or groups......................................................................................................81
Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . . ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . 83
Contents
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 5
Installing the printer software...................................................................................................83
Adding printers to a computer ..................................................................................................83
Installing the print driver software .............................................................................................84
Updating Software .................................................................................................................88
Exporting or importing a configuration file . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. 88
Adding available options in the print driver. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. 89
Printing the Menu Settings Page ......................................................................................................90
4 Secure the printer..............................................................................................................................91
Locating the security slot................................................................................................................92
Erasing printer memory..................................................................................................................93
Erasing printer hard disk memory.....................................................................................................94
Encrypting the printer hard disk .......................................................................................................95
Restoring factory default settings .....................................................................................................96
Statement of Volatility...................................................................................................................97
Disposing ofa printer hard disk.................................................................................................97
5 Print................................................................................................................................................99
Printing from a computer..............................................................................................................100
Printing from a mobile device........................................................................................................101
Printing from a mobile device using Mopria Print Service. . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... 101
Printing from a mobile device using AirPrint...... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. 101
Printing from a flash drive.............................................................................................................102
Supported flash drives and file types...............................................................................................103
Flash drives..........................................................................................................................103
File types ............................................................................................................................103
Configuring confidential jobs.........................................................................................................104
Printing confidential and other held jobs...... . . . . ....... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. 105
For Windows users................................................................................................................105
For Macintosh users ..............................................................................................................105
Printing a font sample list .............................................................................................................106
6 Copy.............................................................................................................................................107
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. 108
Making a copy............................................................................................................................109
Copying photos ..........................................................................................................................110
Copying on letterhead..................................................................................................................111
Copying on both sides of the paper................................................................................................112
Reducing or enlarging copies.........................................................................................................113
Collating copies ..........................................................................................................................114
Placing separator sheets between copies ... . . . . ....... . . . . ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ..... 115
Copying multiple pages onto a single sheet .. . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . ....... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ... 116
Creating a copy shortcut...............................................................................................................117
Contents
6Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
7 Email ............................................................................................................................................119
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. 120
Setting up the e-mail function .......................................................................................................121
Configuring e-mail settings ...........................................................................................................122
Sending an e-mail .......................................................................................................................123
Creating an e-mail shortcut...........................................................................................................124
8 Fax ...............................................................................................................................................125
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. 126
Sending a fax .............................................................................................................................127
Using the control panel..........................................................................................................127
Scheduling a fax .........................................................................................................................128
Creating a fax destination shortcut.................................................................................................129
Changing the fax resolution ..........................................................................................................130
Adjusting the fax darkness ............................................................................................................131
Viewing a fax log ........................................................................................................................132
Blocking junk faxes......................................................................................................................133
Holding faxes .............................................................................................................................134
Forwarding a fax .........................................................................................................................135
9 Scan .............................................................................................................................................137
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. 138
Scanning to an FTP server.............................................................................................................139
Creating an FTP shortcut ..............................................................................................................140
Scanning to a flash drive ..............................................................................................................141
Sending scanned documents to a computer. . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... . . . . . . ..... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ... 142
10 Use the Printer Menus....................................................................................................................143
Menu map.................................................................................................................................144
Device.......................................................................................................................................146
Preferences..........................................................................................................................146
Eco-Mode............................................................................................................................148
Remote Operator Panel..........................................................................................................150
Notifications........................................................................................................................150
Power Management..............................................................................................................155
Accessibility.........................................................................................................................156
Restore Factory Defaults ........................................................................................................157
Maintenance .......................................................................................................................157
Visible Home Screen Icons .....................................................................................................163
Home screen customization....................................................................................................164
Site Map.............................................................................................................................164
Software Update..................................................................................................................165
Remote Services Data Upload.................................................................................................166
About this Printer..................................................................................................................166
Contents
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 7
Print..........................................................................................................................................167
Layout................................................................................................................................167
Setup .................................................................................................................................168
Quality ...............................................................................................................................170
Job Accounting ....................................................................................................................171
XPS....................................................................................................................................173
PDF....................................................................................................................................174
PostScript............................................................................................................................174
PCL....................................................................................................................................175
HTML.................................................................................................................................177
Image................................................................................................................................177
Paper........................................................................................................................................179
Tray Configuration................................................................................................................179
Media Configuration.............................................................................................................180
Copy.........................................................................................................................................183
Copy Defaults ......................................................................................................................183
Fax...........................................................................................................................................188
Fax Mode............................................................................................................................188
Fax Setup............................................................................................................................188
E-mail .......................................................................................................................................199
E-mail Setup........................................................................................................................199
E-mail Defaults.....................................................................................................................200
Web Link Setup....................................................................................................................206
FTP...........................................................................................................................................207
FTP Defaults........................................................................................................................207
USB Drive ..................................................................................................................................213
Flash Drive Scan...................................................................................................................213
Customize Scan Settings List...................................................................................................218
Flash Drive Print ...................................................................................................................218
Customize Print Settings List...................................................................................................220
Network/Ports.............................................................................................................................221
Network Overview.................................................................................................................221
Wireless..............................................................................................................................222
Wi-Fi Direct .........................................................................................................................224
AirPrint ...............................................................................................................................225
Mobile Services Management.................................................................................................226
Ethernet..............................................................................................................................227
TCP/IP................................................................................................................................228
SNMP.................................................................................................................................231
IPSec..................................................................................................................................233
802.1x................................................................................................................................234
LPD Configuration ................................................................................................................235
HTTP/FTP Settings................................................................................................................236
ThinPrint.............................................................................................................................237
USB ...................................................................................................................................238
Restrict external network access ..............................................................................................239
Universal Print......................................................................................................................239
Contents
8Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Security.....................................................................................................................................242
Login Methods.....................................................................................................................242
Certificate Management........................................................................................................250
Schedule USB Devices ...........................................................................................................251
Security Audit Log.................................................................................................................251
Login Restrictions..................................................................................................................254
Confidential Print Setup.........................................................................................................254
Disk Encryption ....................................................................................................................255
Erase Temporary Data Files ....................................................................................................256
Solutions LDAP Settings.........................................................................................................256
Miscellaneous ......................................................................................................................257
Reports......................................................................................................................................258
Menu Settings Page..............................................................................................................258
Device................................................................................................................................258
Shortcuts.............................................................................................................................258
Fax.....................................................................................................................................258
Network..............................................................................................................................259
Supplies Plan..............................................................................................................................260
Plan Activation.....................................................................................................................260
Plan Conversion....................................................................................................................260
Subscription Service ..............................................................................................................260
Address Book..............................................................................................................................261
Contacts .............................................................................................................................261
Contact Groups....................................................................................................................262
Bookmarks.................................................................................................................................263
Apps.........................................................................................................................................265
11 Maintain the Printer.......................................................................................................................267
Checking the Status of Supplies .....................................................................................................268
Configuring supply notifications.....................................................................................................269
Setting up e-mail alerts ................................................................................................................270
Viewing reports...........................................................................................................................271
Ordering supplies ........................................................................................................................272
Using Genuine Xerox Supplies.................................................................................................272
Replacing supplies.......................................................................................................................273
Replacing a Toner Cartridge....................................................................................................273
Replacing the waste toner bottle.............................................................................................274
Replacing an imaging kit........................................................................................................276
Cleaning printer parts ..................................................................................................................282
Cleaning the printer ..............................................................................................................282
Cleaning the touch screen......................................................................................................282
Cleaning the Scanner ............................................................................................................283
Saving energy and paper..............................................................................................................286
Configuring the power save mode settings ... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... 286
Adjusting the brightness of the display . . . . . ....... . . . . . ....... . . . . ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. 286
Conserving supplies...............................................................................................................286
Contents
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 9
Moving the printer.......................................................................................................................287
Moving the printer to another location . . . . . ...... . . . . . . ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ... 287
12 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................289
Network connection problems .......................................................................................................290
Cannot open Embedded Web Server........................................................................................290
Unable to read flash drive......................................................................................................291
Enabling the USB port...........................................................................................................292
Checking the printer connectivity.............................................................................................292
Hardware options problems ..........................................................................................................293
Cannot detect internal option.................................................................................................293
Defective flash detected ........................................................................................................294
Not enough free space in flash memory for resources ..... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. 295
Unformatted flash detected ...................................................................................................295
Printing problems........................................................................................................................296
Print quality is poor...............................................................................................................296
Confidential and other held documents do not print ...... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. 324
Slow printing .......................................................................................................................325
Print jobs do not print............................................................................................................327
The printer is not responding..................................................................................................328
Job prints from the wrong tray or on the wrong paper ..... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... . . . . . . ..... . . . . . 330
Issues with supplies .....................................................................................................................331
Replace cartridge, printer region mismatch...... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ... 331
Non-Xerox Supplies...............................................................................................................332
Scanner maintenance required, use ADF Kit. ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. 332
Paper feed problems....................................................................................................................333
Paper Jams..........................................................................................................................333
Envelope seals when printing..................................................................................................345
Collated printing does not work...............................................................................................346
Tray linking does not work......................................................................................................347
Color quality problems..................................................................................................................348
Adjusting toner darkness........................................................................................................348
Modifying the colors in printed output.. . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . . ..... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ... 348
FAQ about color printing........................................................................................................349
The print appears tinted ........................................................................................................350
Faxing problems..........................................................................................................................351
Cannot send or receive faxes ..................................................................................................351
Can receive but not send faxes................................................................................................354
Can send but not receive faxes................................................................................................354
Poor fax print quality.............................................................................................................355
Scanning problems......................................................................................................................356
Cannot scan from a computer ................................................................................................356
Partial copies ofdocument or photo.........................................................................................356
Poor copy quality..................................................................................................................357
Scan job was not successful....................................................................................................358
Scanner does not close ..........................................................................................................358
Scanning takes too long or freezes the computer........ . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . ..... 359
Contents
10 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Scanner does not respond......................................................................................................359
Adjusting scanner registration.................................................................................................359
Adjusting ADF registration......................................................................................................360
Contacting customer support ........................................................................................................361
A Regulatory Information....................................................................................................................363
Basic Regulations ........................................................................................................................364
Noise Emission Levels............................................................................................................364
European Union Lot 19 Ecodesign Directive. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. 364
Static Sensitivity Notice .........................................................................................................364
ENERGY STAR......................................................................................................................364
Temperature Information.......................................................................................................365
Información de la energía de México .......................................................................................365
Laser Notice ........................................................................................................................365
Power.................................................................................................................................365
Telecommunication Regulatory Notices .. ..... . . . . ....... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ...... 367
Regulatory Notices for Wireless Products .. .. . ..... . . ..... . . ..... . . ..... . . ..... . . ..... .. ..... . ...... . ...... . ...... . ...... . .. 370
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Information Statement . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. . 371
Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada Compliance Statement .. . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. 372
Germany.............................................................................................................................372
Turkey RoHS Regulation.........................................................................................................372
Ukraine RoHS Compliance......................................................................................................373
Copy Regulations ........................................................................................................................374
United States.......................................................................................................................374
Canada...............................................................................................................................375
Other Countries....................................................................................................................376
Material Safety Data Sheets..........................................................................................................377
B Recycling and Disposal.....................................................................................................................379
Product Disposal and Recycling......................................................................................................380
North America............................................................................................................................381
Xerox Green World Alliance ...........................................................................................................382
Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . .. 383
India E-Waste notice.............................................................................................................383
Contents
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 11
1
Safety
This chapter contains:
Conventions........................................................................................................................................12
Product Statements..............................................................................................................................13
Maintenance Safety.............................................................................................................................16
Consumable Information ......................................................................................................................17
Your printer and the recommended supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements.
Attention to the following information ensures the continued safe operation of your Xerox printer.
Conventions
Note: A note identifies information that could help you.
WWaarrnniinngg:: A warning identifies something that could damage the product hardware or software.
CCaauuttiioonn:: A caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation that could injure you.
Different types of statements include:
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Indicates a risk of injury.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: Indicates a risk of electrical shock.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: Indicates a risk of burn if touched.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPIINNCCHH HHAAZZAARRDD:: Indicates a risk of being caught between moving parts.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: Indicates a crush hazard.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——RROOTTAATTIINNGG FFAANN BBLLAADDEESS:: Indicates a risk of laceration from moving fan blades.
12 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Safety
Product Statements
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord
provided with this product or the manufacturer authorized replacement.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not use this product with extension cords, multi-outlet power
strips, multi-outlet extenders, or UPS devices. The power capacity of these types of accessories can be
easily overloaded by a laser printer and may result in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor printer
performance.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not use this product with an inline surge protector. The use of a
surge protection device may result in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor printer performance.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger
telecommunications RJ-11 cord when connecting this product to the public switched telephone network.
For users in Australia, the cord must be approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not place or use this product
near water or wet locations.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make
any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning
storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not cut, twist, bind, crush, or place heavy objects on the power
cord. Do not subject the power cord to abrasion or stress. Do not pinch the power cord between objects
such as furniture and walls. If any of these things happen, a risk of fire or electrical shock results. Inspect
the power cord regularly for signs of such problems. Remove the power cord from the electrical outlet
before inspecting it.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, make sure that all external
connections, such as Ethernet and telephone system connections, are properly installed in their marked
plug-in ports.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, if you are accessing the controller
board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer, then turn
the printer off, and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing. If you have any
other devices attached to the printer, then turn them off as well, and unplug any cables going into the
printer.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 13
Safety
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not use the fax feature during a
lightning storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock when cleaning the exterior of the
printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before
proceeding.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: If the printer weight is greater than 18kg (40lb), then it may
require two or more people to lift it safely.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: When moving the printer, follow these guidelines to avoid personal
injury or printer damage:
• Make sure that all doors and trays are closed.
• Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
• Disconnect all cords and cables from the printer.
• If the printer has separate floor-standing optional trays or output options attached to it, then
disconnect them before moving the printer.
• If the printer has a caster base, then carefully roll it to the new location. Use caution when passing
over thresholds and breaks in flooring.
• If the printer does not have a caster base but is configured with optional trays or output options, then
remove the output options and lift the printer off the trays. Do not try to lift the printer and any
options at the same time.
• Always use the handholds on the printer to lift it.
• Any cart used to move the printer must have a surface able to support the full footprint of the printer.
• Any cart used to move the hardware options must have a surface able to support the dimensions of
the options.
• Keep the printer in an upright position.
• Avoid severe jarring movements.
• Make sure that your fingers are not under the printer when you set it down.
• Make sure that there is adequate clearance around the printer.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: Installing one or more options on your printer or MFP may require a
caster base, furniture, or other feature to prevent instability causing possible injury. For more information
on supported configurations, contact the place where you purchased the printer.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: To reduce the risk of equipment instability, load each tray separately.
Keep all other trays closed until needed.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
14 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Safety
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPIINNCCHH HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of a pinch injury, use caution in areas marked with this
label. Pinch injuries may occur around moving parts, such as gears, doors, trays, and covers.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——RROOTTAATTIINNGG FFAANN BBLLAADDEESS:: Indicates a risk of laceration from moving fan blades.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——MMOOVVIINNGG PPAARRTTSS:: Indicates a risk of laceration or abrasion injuries from rotating parts.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: This product uses a laser. Use of controls or adjustments or
performance of procedures other than those specified in the User Guide may result in hazardous radiation
exposure.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: The lithium battery in this product is not intended to be replaced.
There is a danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Do not recharge, disassemble, or
incinerate a lithium battery. Discard used lithium batteries according to the manufacturer instructions and
local regulations.
This product is designed, tested, and approved to meet strict global safety standards with the use of specific
manufacturer components. The safety features of some parts may not always be obvious. The manufacturer is not
responsible for the use of other replacement parts.
Refer service or repairs, other than those described in the user documentation, to a service representative.
This product uses a printing process that heats the print media, and the heat may cause the media to release
emissions. You must understand the section in your operating instructions that discusses the guidelines for selecting
print media to avoid the possibility of harmful emissions.
This product may produce small amounts of ozone during normal operation, and may be equipped with a filter
designed to limit ozone concentrations to levels well below the recommended exposure limits. To avoid high ozone
concentration levels during extensive usage, install this product in a well-ventilated area and replace the ozone and
exhaust filters if instructed to do so in the product maintenance instructions. If there are no references to filters in
the product maintenance instructions, then there are no filters requiring replacement for this product.
SSAAVVEE TTHHEESSEE IINNSSTTRRUUCCTTIIOONNSS..
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 15
Safety
Maintenance Safety
Do not carry out any maintenance on this product that is not described in the customer documentation.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or
flammable when used on electromechanical equipment.
Use supplies and cleaning materials only as directed.
Do not remove the covers or guards that are fastened with screws. Customer service items are not located behind
these covers.
In case of a Dry Ink or Toner Spill, use a broom or a wet cloth to wipe off spilled dry ink or toner. Sweep slowly to
minimize generation of dust during clean up. Avoid using a vacuum. If a vacuum must be used, the unit should be
designed for combustible dusts, having an explosion rated motor and non-conductive hose.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The metallic surfaces in the fuser area are hot. Use caution when you
remove paper jams from this area and avoid touching any metallic surfaces.
16 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Safety
Consumable Information
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: When handling cartridges such as ink or fuser, avoid skin or eye
contact. Eye contact can cause irritation and inflammation. Do not attempt to disassemble the cartridge.
This can increase the risk of skin or eye contact.
Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on the package or container.
Keep all consumables away from the reach of children.
Never throw dry ink/toner, print cartridges, or dry ink/toner containers into an open flame.
For information on Xerox®supplies recycling programs, go to: https://www.xerox.com/recycling.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 17
Safety
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 19
2
Learn About the Printer
This chapter contains:
Printer configurations............................................................................................................................20
Using the Control Panel.........................................................................................................................21
Customizing the home screen ................................................................................................................23
Changing the Language of the Keyboard on the Display. . . . ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . 25
Using Display Customization..................................................................................................................26
Selecting Paper....................................................................................................................................27
Printer configurations
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: Installing one or more options on your printer or MFP may require a
caster base, furniture, or other feature to prevent instability causing possible injury. For more information
on supported configurations, contact the place where you purchased the printer.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: To reduce the risk of equipment instability, load each tray separately.
Keep all other trays closed until needed.
Depending on your printer model, you can configure your printer by adding an optional 650-sheet duo tray or both
the 650-sheet duo tray and 550-sheet tray. For more information, refer to Installing optional trays.
1. Automatic document feeder (ADF)
2. ADF tray
3. Standard bin
4. ADF bin
5. Standard 250-sheet tray
6. Optional 650-sheet duo tray
This tray is available only in some printer models.
7. Manual feeder
8. Control panel
The appearance may vary depending on your
printer model.
20 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn About the Printer
Using the Control Panel
IITTEEMM NNAAMMEE DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
1 Display • View the printer messages and supply status.
• Set up and operate the printer.
2 Home button Go to the home screen.
3 Numeric keypad Enter numbers or symbols in an input field.
4 Power button • Turn on or turn off the printer.
To turn off the printer, press and hold the power button for five
seconds.
• Set the printer to Sleep or Hibernate mode.
• Wake the printer from Sleep or Hibernate mode.
5 Clear All or Reset button Reset the default settings of a function such as copying, faxing, or
scanning.
6 Stop or Cancel button Stop the current printer task.
7 Start button Start a job, depending on which mode is selected.
8 Pause button Place a dial pause in a fax number.
9 Backspace button Move the cursor backward and delete a character in an input field.
10 Indicator light Check the printer status.
11 Volume buttons Adjust the speaker volume.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 21
Learn About the Printer
UNDERSTANDING THE STATUS OF THE POWER BUTTON AND THE INDICATOR LIGHT
IINNDDIICCAATTOORR LLIIGGHHTT PPRRIINNTTEERR SSTTAATTUUSS
Off The printer is off or in Hibernate mode.
Blue The printer is ready or processing data.
Red The printer requires user intervention.
PPOOWWEERR BBUUTTTTOONN LLIIGGHHTT PPRRIINNTTEERR SSTTAATTUUSS
Off The printer is off, ready, or processing data.
Solid amber The printer is in Sleep mode.
Blinking amber The printer is in Hibernate mode.
22 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn About the Printer
Customizing the home screen
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >VViissiibbllee HHoommee SSccrreeeenn IIccoonnss.
3. Select the icons that you want to appear on the home screen.
4. Apply the changes.
USING THE HOME SCREEN
Note: Your home screen may vary depending on your home screen customization settings, administrative
setup, and active embedded solutions.
TTOOUUCCHH TTOO
11 Copy Make copies.
22 E-mail Send e-mails.
33 Settings Access the printer menus.
44 Fax Send fax.
55 Address Book Manage a contact list that other applications on the printer can
access.
66 Status/Supplies • Show a printer warning or error message whenever the printer
requires intervention to continue processing.
• View more information on the printer warning or message, and
on how to clear it.
You can also access this setting by touching the top section of the
home screen.
77 USB Drive • Print photos and documents from a flash drive.
• Scan photos and documents to a flash drive
88 Job Queue Show all the current print jobs.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 23
Learn About the Printer
TTOOUUCCHH TTOO
You can also access this setting by touching the top section of the
home screen.
99 Held Jobs Show the print jobs that are held in the printer memory.
1100 Shortcut Center Organize all shortcuts.
1111 App Profiles Access application profiles.
1122 Scan Profiles Scan and save documents directly to the computer.
1133 FTP Scan and save documents directly to an FTP server.
1144 Bookmarks Organize all bookmarks.
1155 Change Language Change the language on the display.
24 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn About the Printer
Changing the Language of the Keyboard on the Display
Note: You can only change the language of the keyboard in printer tasks that require alphanumeric input
such as e-mail or scan.
1. Touch the input field.
2. On the keyboard, touch and hold the language key.
3. Select a language.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 25
Learn About the Printer
Using Display Customization
Before using the application, make sure to do the following:
• From the Embedded Web Server, click AAppppss >DDiissppllaayy CCuussttoommiizzaattiioonn >CCoonnffiigguurree.
• Enable and configure the screen saver, slideshow, and wallpaper settings.
MANAGING SCREEN SAVER AND SLIDE SHOW IMAGES
1. From the Screen Saver and Slideshow Images section, add, edit, or delete an image.
• You can add up to 10 images.
• When enabled, the status icons appear on the screen saver only when there are errors, warnings, or cloud-
based notifications.
2. Apply the changes.
CHANGING THE WALLPAPER IMAGE
1. From the home screen, touch CChhaannggee WWaallllppaappeerr.
2. Select an image to use.
3. Apply the changes.
RUNNING A SLIDE SHOW FROM A FLASH DRIVE
1. Insert a flash drive into the USB port.
2. From the home screen, touch SSlliiddeesshhooww.
Images appear in alphabetical order.
Note: You can remove the flash drive after the slide show starts, but the images are not stored in the printer.
If the slide show stops, then insert the flash drive again to view the images.
26 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn About the Printer
Selecting Paper
PAPER GUIDELINES
Use the appropriate paper to prevent jams and help ensure trouble-free printing.
• Always use new, undamaged paper.
• Before loading paper, know the recommended printable side of the paper. This information is usually indicated
on the paper package.
• Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand.
• Do not mix paper sizes, types, or weights in the same tray; mixing results in jams.
• Do not use coated papers unless they are specifically designed for electrophotographic printing.
PAPER CHARACTERISTICS
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. Consider these factors before printing on
them.
Weight
The trays can feed paper weights from 60–176 g/m2(16–47 lb.) grain long paper. Paper lighter than 60 g/m2(16
lb.) may not be stiff enough to feed properly, and may cause jams.
Curl
Curl is the tendency for paper to curl at its edges. Excessive curl can cause paper feeding problems. Curl can occur
after the paper passes through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper unwrapped in
hot, humid, cold, or dry conditions can contribute to paper curling before printing and can cause feeding problems.
Smoothness
Paper smoothness directly affects print quality. If paper is too rough, toner cannot fuse to it properly. If paper is too
smooth, it can cause paper feeding or print quality issues. We recommend the use of paper with 50 Sheffield
points.
Moisture Content
The amount of moisture in paper affects both print quality and the printer ability to feed the paper correctly. Leave
paper in its original wrapper until you use it. Exposure of paper to moisture changes can degrade its performance.
Store paper in its original wrapper in the same environment as the printer for 24 to 48 hours before printing. Extend
the time several days if the storage or transportation environment is very different from the printer environment.
Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 27
Learn About the Printer
Grain Direction
Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either grain long, running the length of
the paper, or grain short, running the width of the paper.
For 60–176 g/m2(16–47 lb.) paper, grain long paper is recommended.
Fiber Content
Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100 percent chemically treated pulped wood. This content
provides the paper with a high degree of stability, resulting in fewer paper feeding problems and better print
quality. Paper containing fibers such as cotton can negatively affect paper handling.
UNACCEPTABLE PAPER
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:
• Chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless papers,
carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper
• Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the printer
• Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the printer fuser
• Preprinted papers that require a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than ±2.3mm
(±0.9in.), such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms
In some cases, registration can be adjusted with a software application to successfully print on these forms
• Coated papers (erasable bond), synthetic papers, thermal papers
• Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface papers, or curled papers
• Recycled papers that fail EN12281:2002 (European)
• Paper weighing less than 60 g/m2(16 lb.)
• Multiple-part forms or documents
SELECTING PREPRINTED FORMS AND LETTERHEAD
• Use grain long paper.
• Use only forms and letterhead printed using an offset lithographic or engraved printing process.
• Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.
• Use inks that are not affected by the resin in toner. Inks that are oxidation-set or oil-based generally meet these
requirements; latex inks might not.
• Print samples on preprinted forms and letterheads considered for use before buying large quantities. This action
determines whether the ink in the preprinted form or letterhead affects print quality.
• When in doubt, contact your paper supplier.
• When printing on letterhead, load the paper in the proper orientation for your printer. For more information, see
the Paper and Specialty Media Guide.
28 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn About the Printer
STORING PAPER
Use these paper storage guidelines to help avoid jams and uneven print quality:
• Store paper in its original wrapper in the same environment as the printer for 24 to 48 hours before printing.
• Extend the time several days if the storage or transportation environment is very different from the printer
environment. Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period.
• For best results, store paper where the temperature is 21°C (70°F) and the relative humidity is 40 percent.
• Most label manufacturers recommend printing in a temperature range of 18–24°C (65–75°F) with relative
humidity between 40 and 60 percent.
• Store paper in cartons, on a pallet or shelf, rather than on the floor.
• Store individual packages on a flat surface.
• Do not store anything on top of individual paper packages.
• Take paper out of the carton or wrapper only when you are ready to load it in the printer. The carton and
wrapper help keep the paper clean, dry, and flat.
SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES
Note: Your printer model may have a 650-sheet duo tray, which consists of a 550-sheet tray and an
integrated 100-sheet multipurpose feeder. The 550-sheet tray of the 650-sheet duo tray supports the same
paper sizes as the optional 550-sheet tray. The integrated multipurpose feeder supports different paper
sizes, types, and weights.
PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE
AANNDD
DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONN
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMAANNUUAALL
FFEEEEDDEERR
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT
DDUUOO TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
AA44
210x297mm
(8.27x11.7in.)
AA551,2
148x210mm
(5.83x8.27in.)
XX
AA66
105x148mm
(4.13x5.83in.)
XX XX XX
JJIISS BB55
182x257mm
(7.17x10.1in.)
XX
LLeetttteerr
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 29
Learn About the Printer
PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE
AANNDD
DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONN
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMAANNUUAALL
FFEEEEDDEERR
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT
DDUUOO TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
215.9x279.4-
mm
(8.5x11in.)
LLeeggaall
215.9x355.6-
mm
(8.5x14in.)
EExxeeccuuttiivvee
184.2x266.7-
mm
(7.25x10.5in.)
XX
OOffiicciioo
((MMeexxiiccoo))
215.9x340.4-
mm
(8.5x13.4in.)
FFoolliioo
215.9x330.2-
mm
(8.5x13in.)
SSttaatteemmeenntt
139.7x215.9-
mm
(5.5x8.5in.)
XX XX XX
HHaaggaakkii
100x148mm
(3.94x5.83in.)
XX XX XX
UUnniivveerrssaall3,4
98.4x148mm
to
215.9x355.6-
mm
(3.87x5.83in.
to 8.5x14in.)
XX XX XX
30 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn About the Printer
PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE
AANNDD
DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONN
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMAANNUUAALL
FFEEEEDDEERR
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT
DDUUOO TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
UUnniivveerrssaall3,4
76.2x127mm
to
215.9x355.6-
mm (3x5in.
to 8.5x14in.)
XX XX XX XX
UUnniivveerrssaall3,4
148x210mm
to
215.9x355.6-
mm
(5.83x8.27in.
to 8.5x14in.)
XX
UUnniivveerrssaall3,4
210x250mm
to
215.9x355.6-
mm
(8.27x9.84in.
to 8.5x14in.)
77 33//44
EEnnvveellooppee
98.4x190.5m-
m
(3.875x7.5in.)
XX XX XX
99 EEnnvveellooppee
98.4x225.4m-
m
(3.875x8.9in.)
XX XX XX
1100 EEnnvveellooppee
104.8x241.3-
mm
(4.12x9.5in.)
XX XX XX
DDLL EEnnvveellooppee
110x220mm
(4.33x8.66in.)
XX XX XX
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 31
Learn About the Printer
PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE
AANNDD
DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONN
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMAANNUUAALL
FFEEEEDDEERR
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT
DDUUOO TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
CC55 EEnnvveellooppee
162x229mm
(6.38x9.01in.)
XX XX XX
BB55 EEnnvveellooppee
176x250mm
(6.93x9.84in.)
XX XX XX
MMoonnaarrcchh
98.425x190.-
5mm
(3.875x7.5in.)
XX XX XX
OOtthheerr
EEnnvveellooppee5
98.4x162mm
to
176x250mm
(3.87x6.38in.
to
6.93x9.84in.)
XX XX XX
1Load this paper size into tray 1 and the manual feeder with the long edge entering the printer first.
2Load this paper size into tray 2, tray 3, and the multipurpose feeder with the short edge entering the printer
first.
3When Universal is selected, the page is formatted for 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14 in.) unless the size is specified
by the software application.
4Load narrow paper with the short edge entering the printer first.
5When Other Envelope is selected, the page is formatted for 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14 in.) unless the size is
specified by the software application.
SUPPORTED PAPER TYPES
• Your printer model may have a 650-sheet duo tray, which consists of a 550-sheet tray and an integrated 100-
sheet multipurpose feeder. The 550-sheet tray of the 650-sheet duo tray supports the same paper type as the
550-sheet tray. The integrated multipurpose feeder supports different paper sizes, types, and weights.
• Labels, envelopes, and card stock always print at 25 pages per minute.
• The ADF supports only plain paper.
32 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn About the Printer
PPAAPPEERR TTYYPPEE
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMAANNUUAALL
FFEEEEDDEERR
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT
DDUUOO TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
PPllaaiinn ppaappeerr
CCaarrdd ssttoocckk XX
EEnnvveellooppeess XX XX XX
PPaappeerr llaabbeellss
VViinnyyll llaabbeellss XX
SUPPORTED PAPER WEIGHTS
• Your printer model may have a 650-sheet duo tray, which consists of a 550-sheet tray and an integrated 100-
sheet multipurpose feeder. The 550-sheet tray of the 650-sheet duo tray supports the same paper types as the
550-sheet tray. The integrated multipurpose feeder supports different paper sizes, types, and weights.
• Labels, envelopes, and card stock always print at 25 pages per minute.
• The ADF supports 52–120g/m2(14–32lb bond) paper.
PPAAPPEERR TTYYPPEE
AANNDD
WWEEIIGGHHTT
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMAANNUUAALL
FFEEEEDDEERR
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT DDUUOO
TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
LLiigghhtt ppaappeerr 11
60–74.9g/m2
grain long
(16–19.9-lb
bond)
PPllaaiinn ppaappeerr
75–90.3g/m2
grain long
(20–24-lb
bond)
HHeeaavvyy ppaappeerr
90.3–105g/
m2grain long
(24.1–28-lb
bond)
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 33
Learn About the Printer
PPAAPPEERR TTYYPPEE
AANNDD
WWEEIIGGHHTT
SSTTAANNDDAARRDD
225500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMAANNUUAALL
FFEEEEDDEERR
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT DDUUOO
TTRRAAYY
OOPPTTIIOONNAALL
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD
PPRRIINNTTIINNGG
555500--SSHHEEEETT
TTRRAAYY
MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--
PPOOSSEE
FFEEEEDDEERR
CCaarrdd ssttoocckk
105.1–162g/
m2grain long
(28.1–43-lb
bond)
XX
CCaarrdd ssttoocckk
105.1–200g/
m2grain long
(28.1–53-lb
bond)
XX XX XX XX
PPaappeerr LLaabbeellss
22
131g/m2(35-
lb bond)
3
VViinnyyll LLaabbeellss
22
131g/m2(35-
lb bond)
XX
EEnnvveellooppeess 44,,55
60–105g/m2
(16–28-lb
bond)
XX XX XX
1Paper less than 75 g/m2(20 lb) must be printed with Paper Type set to Light Paper. Failure to do so may cause
excessive curl which can lead to feeding errors, especially in more humid environments.
2Labels and other specialty media are supported for occasional use and must be tested for acceptability.
3Paper labels up to 105 g/m2(28-lb bond) are supported.
4100% cotton content maximum weight is 24-lb bond.
528-lb bond envelopes are limited to 25% cotton content.
34 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Learn About the Printer
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 35
3
Set up, Install, and Configure
This chapter contains:
Selecting a location for the printer ..........................................................................................................36
Attaching Cables .................................................................................................................................37
Installing optional trays.........................................................................................................................38
Initial Setup Wizard .............................................................................................................................39
Xerox®Easy Assist App...........................................................................................................................40
Networking.........................................................................................................................................44
Setting Up and Using the Home Screen Applications.. . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . . . ..... . . . . . . . 48
Setting up the printer to fax...................................................................................................................50
Configuring the Email SMTP Settings.......................................................................................................55
Setting up using accessbility features.......................................................................................................64
Loading paper and specialty media.........................................................................................................66
Adjusting the speaker volume.................................................................................................................74
Configuring Device Sounds Settings ........................................................................................................75
Setting up Card Copy............................................................................................................................76
Using Shortcut Center...........................................................................................................................77
Setting up Device Quotas......................................................................................................................78
Configuring Eco-Settings .......................................................................................................................79
Using Customer Support .......................................................................................................................80
Managing contacts ..............................................................................................................................81
Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . 83
Printing the Menu Settings Page.............................................................................................................90
Selecting a location for the printer
• Leave enough room to open trays, covers, and doors and to install hardware options.
• Set up the printer near an electrical outlet.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord to an appropriately
rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily accessible.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not place or use this
product near water or wet locations.
• Make sure that airflow in the room meets the latest revision of the ASHRAE 62 standard or the CEN Technical
Committee 156 standard.
• Provide a flat, sturdy, and stable surface.
• Keep the printer:
– Clean, dry, and free of dust
– Away from stray staples and paper clips
– Away from the direct airflow of air conditioners, heaters, or ventilators
– Free from direct sunlight and humidity extremes
• Observe the temperature range.
Operating temperature 10 to 32.2°C (50 to 90°F)
• Allow the following recommended amount of space around the printer for proper ventilation:
1. Top: 305 mm (12 in.)
2. Rear: 102 mm (4 in.)
3. Right side: 76 mm (3 in.)
4. Front: 508 mm (20 in.)
The minimum space needed in front of the
machine is 76 mm (3 in.).
5. Left side: 76 mm (3 in.)
36 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Attaching Cables
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make
any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning
storm.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord to an appropriately rated
andproperly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily accessible.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord provided with this product
or the manufacturer's authorized replacement.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger telecommunications (RJ-11) cord when
connecting this product to the public switched telephone network. For users in Australia, the cord must be
approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To avoid loss of data or printer malfunction, do not touch the USB
cable, any wireless network adapter, or the printer in the areas shown while actively printing.
NNUUMMBBEERR UUSSEE TTHHEE TTOO
11 LINE port Connect the printer to an active telephone line
through a standard wall jack (RJ-11), DSL filter, or
VoIP adapter, or any other adapter that allows you
to access the telephone line to send and receive
faxes.
22 Power cord socket Connect the printer to a properly grounded
electrical outlet.
33 USB port Attach a keyboard or any compatible option.
This port is available only in some printer models.
44 USB printer port Connect the printer to a computer.
55 Ethernet port Connect the printer to a network.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 37
Set up, Install, and Configure
Installing optional trays
Note: Depending on your printer model, you may install a 650-sheet duo tray or both the 650-sheet duo
tray and 550-sheet tray.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, if you are accessing the controller
board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer, then turn
the printer off, and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing. If you have any
other devices attached to the printer, then turn them off as well, and unplug any cables going into the
printer.
1. Turn off the printer.
2. Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet, and then from the printer.
3. Unpack the optional tray, and then remove all packing material.
4. Align the printer with the optional tray, and then lower the printer into place.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: If the printer weight is greater than 18kg (40lb), then it requires
two or more trained personnel to lift it safely.
Note: If you are installing both the optional trays, then place the 550-sheet tray below the 650-sheet duo
tray.
5. Connect the power cord to the printer, and then to the electrical outlet.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated andproperly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
6. Turn on the printer.
Add the tray in the print driver to make it available for print jobs. For more information, see Adding available
options in the print driver.
38 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Initial Setup Wizard
The initial setup wizard appears when the printer is powered on for the first time. You can use the initial setup
wizard to complete the general settings and register the printer on the network.
The initial setup wizard is a set of screens with instructions that help you to complete the basic printer settings, such
as Language, the Date and Time, and other critical information about the printer. If needed, you can use the initial
setup wizard to connect the printer to a Wi-Fi network.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 39
Set up, Install, and Configure
Xerox®Easy Assist App
To access the printer from your smartphone, download and install the Xerox Easy Assist app to your mobile device.
By installing the Xerox Easy Assist app on your smartphone, you can setup your new printer easily, manage its
configuration, view alerts indicating supply requirement and order them, and get live troubleshooting support for
your printer.
The Xerox Easy Assist App has instructions and video links that helps you to unpack the printer from its shipping
box. To install the Xerox Easy Assist app on your smartphone, you need to scan a QR Code. There are two types of
QR Codes:
• The first QR Code is for the initial installation of the app. You can find this QR Code on the packaging box or the
Installation Guide that comes with the printer. To install the Xerox Easy Assist app for the first time, you are
required to scan this QR Code with your smartphone camera.
• The second QR Code is to setup a Wireless network connection between the smartphone and the printer. For
example, connection to Wi-Fi Direct. For the printers with touchscreen User Interface or bigger than 2–line
display interface, you can find this QR Code at the control panel of the printer. For more information, refer to
Connecting to the Xerox®Easy Assist App for Installed Printers. You are required to scan the second QR Code
through the Xerox Easy Assist app.
To install and use the Xerox Easy Assist app, do the following:
1. To watch a helpful video to unpack your printer, scan the QR Code from the packaging box or the Installation
Guide that came with your printer, with your smartphone camera.
Based on your smartphone, you are prompted to download the app from Apple App Store or Google Play Store.
Accept the End-User License Agreement (EULA), then follow the instructions that appear on the app.
2. For initial setup when the printer is powered on for the first time, the initial setup wizard appears. At the printer
control panel, do the following:
a. Select your LLaanngguuaaggee, then touch NNeexxtt.
The Xerox Easy Assist Mobile App screen appears.
b. To use your mobile device to set up and manage your printer, touch YYeess.
Get the App screen appears to confirm the type of your mobile device. Choose any one option:
•iiOOSS: To install the Xerox Easy Assist app for your iPhone, select this option.
•AAnnddrrooiidd: To install the Xerox Easy Assist app for your Android mobile device, select this option.
•II hhaavvee tthhee AApppp: If you have installed Xerox Easy Assist app on your mobile device already, select this
option.
3. If you have selected iOS or Android option, a screen appears to help you download the app. At the control
panel, touch SShhooww QQRR CCooddee option.
A screen appears with the QR Code. To install the app, scan the QR Code with your smartphone camera.
40 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
4. Download and install the Xerox Easy Assist app on your smartphone:
• For Android phones: Go to Google Play Store, then search for Xerox Easy Assist app.
• For iOS or iPhones: Go to Apple App Store, then search for Xerox Easy Assist app.
5. When you install the app for the first time on your smartphone, for End-User License Agreement (EULA), touch
II AAggrreeee.
6. Follow the instructions that appear on the app. To connect your smartphone with the printer, touch CCoonnnneecctt
TToo MMyy PPrriinntteerr.
7. At the printer control panel, to connect to the app, touch SShhooww QQRR CCooddee option. The second QR Code appears.
Important: For the printers with 2-line display interface, there is no QR Code on the control panel. To
connect the printer to your mobile device, follow the instructions that appear on the control panel.
When prompted, type the Wi-Fi Direct SSID Name and Password for your printer. The printer and the
app are connected through Wi-Fi Direct.
8. Scan the second QR Code through the Xerox Easy Assist app. Follow the instructions that appear on the app.
When the connection is configured, your smartphone and the printer share the same Wireless network,
temporarily.
9. With the support of Xerox Easy Assist app, complete the general settings and register the printer on the
network.
General settings include Admin Password, Connectivity, Measurements, Date and Time, Sound, Power Saver
settings, and more.
Note: Ensure that your smartphone is connected to the same Wireless or wired network as the printer and
they can communicate after the setup is complete.
10. To complete the initial setup in the app, type the necessary information for your printer, then touch CCoommpplleettee
SSeettuupp.
The Welcome screen appears.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 41
Set up, Install, and Configure
11. When the initial setup is complete, with the Xerox Easy Assist app, you can perform the following:
SSeett UUpp aa NNeeww PPrriinntteerr
If you have the QR Code or IP Address available, you can set up a new Xerox printer with the help of Xerox
Easy Assist app. On My Printers screen in the app, touch the ++ icon, then touch SSeett UUpp aa NNeeww PPrriinntteerr.
Follow the instructions from the app.
PPrriinntteerr SSttaattuuss
The status displays the printer information, such as readiness of the printer, toner level, and paper tray
status for each tray. You can order parts and supplies through the Xerox Easy Assist app. If the toner level
appears to be low, to order a new toner, select the TToonneerr icon, then touch RReeoorrddeerr.
AAlleerrttss
The Xerox Easy Assist app can notify you of any errors or problems in the printer. To view the error
statement, touch the BBeellll icon.
PPrriinntt
You can perform a print job through the Xerox Easy Assist app. In the app, select your printer, then touch
PPrriinntt. Select the document that you need to print from your mobile device, confirm the print settings, then
touch PPrriinntt.
DDeevviiccee SSeettttiinnggss
You can view and edit your printer settings from the DDeevviiccee SSeettttiinnggss tab. If you have not setup a password
during the initial setup, to view or edit existing printer settings, you need to set up the password.
SSuuppppoorrtt
You can request support and find solutions for printer related problems through the Xerox Easy Assist app.
In the app, select your printer, then touch SSuuppppoorrtt. It connects you to Xerox’s Support Agent Live Chatbot.
PPrriinntt aanndd SSccaann DDrriivveerrss
You can download Print and Scan Drivers for your printer through Xerox Easy Assist app. In the app, select
your printer, then touch PPrriinntt aanndd SSccaann DDrriivveerrss. In the Email field, type your registered email address, then
touch the ++ icon to add your email. To download and install the Print and Scan Drivers, the app sends a
Quick Link to your email address.
PPrriinntt TTeesstt PPaaggee
To confirm that all settings are correct, you can print a test page. In the app, select your printer, then touch
PPrriinntt TTeesstt PPaaggee.
RReemmoovvee aa PPrriinntteerr
You can remove a printer from the Xerox Easy Assist app. On your app, select a printer, then touch RReemmoovvee.
CONNECTING TO THE XEROX®EASY ASSIST APP FOR INSTALLED PRINTERS
To install and use the Xerox Easy Assist (XEA) app for a printer that does not require initial installation setup, you
can find the QR Code from the control panel NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonn CCeenntteerr >> CCoonnnneecctteedd ttoo NNeettwwoorrkk >> CCoonnnneecctt ttoo XXeerrooxx
EEaassyy AAssssiisstt AApppp >> SShhooww QQRR CCooddee. Scan the QR Code, then follow the instructions that appear on the control panel
and your mobile device:
42 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
• Based on your smartphone, to install the app for the first time, you are prompted to download the app from
Apple App Store or Google Play Store.
• If you have the app installed already, to access Xerox Easy Assist features, connect to the printer with your
smartphone.
Important: For the printers with 2-line display interface, there is no QR Code on the control panel. To connect
the printer to your mobile device, follow the instructions that appear on the control panel. When prompted,
type the Wi-Fi Direct SSID Name and Password for your printer. The printer and the app are connected
through Wi-Fi Direct.
If your printer is already set up on your network and the Initial Setup Wizard is complete, through the XEA app you
can add the printer directly to the list of My Printers. You can see the printer status, get print drivers, and get
Chatbot support. To add a printer that is on the network, open the XEA app Home page. On the My Printers screen,
touch the ++ icon. The app looks for nearby printers on the network:
• If the app finds your printer, you can select and add the printer directly.
• If the app is unable to find the printer you are looking for, then you can add the printer by typing its IP address.
If the printer and mobile device cannot communicate, ensure that they are on the same network.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 43
Set up, Install, and Configure
Networking
CONNECTING THE PRINTER TO A WIRED ETHERNET NETWORK
When you connect the printer to a wired Ethernet connection, the Wi-Fi connection is switched off, automatically.
When connected, set up an IP address at the printer Control Panel.
Before you begin, make sure that the Active Adapter is set to Auto.
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >> AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr.
2. Connect the Ethernet cable to the printer. Make sure that the Ethernet cable has Internet connection.
3. To set up and manage your new Xerox printer, follow the instructions in the Xerox Easy Assist.
CONNECTING THE PRINTER TO A WI-FI NETWORK
Before you begin, make sure that:
• Active Adapter is set to Auto. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >>
AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr.
• The Ethernet cable is not connected to the printer.
Using the wireless setup wizard in the printer
Before using the wizard, make sure that the printer firmware is updated. For more information, see Updating
Software.
1. From the home screen, touch > SSeett uupp nnooww.
2. Select a Wi-Fi network, and then type the network password.
3. Touch DDoonnee.
Using the Settings Menu in the Printer
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> WWiirreelleessss >> SSeettuupp OOnn PPrriinntteerr PPaanneell >> CChhoooossee
NNeettwwoorrkk.
2. Select a Wi-Fi network, then type the network password.
Note: For Wi-Fi-network-ready printer models, a prompt to set up the Wi-Fi network appears during initial
setup.
CONNECTING THE PRINTER TO A WIRELESS NETWORK USING WI-FI PROTECTED SETUP (WPS)
Before you begin, make sure that:
• The access point (wireless router) is WPS-certified or WPS-compatible. For more information, see the
documentation that came with your access point.
• A wireless network adapter is installed in your printer. For more information, see the instructions that came with
the adapter.
44 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Using the Push Button method
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >WWiirreelleessss >WWii--FFii PPrrootteecctteedd SSeettuupp >SSttaarrtt PPuusshh BBuuttttoonn MMeetthhoodd
2. Follow the instructions on the display.
Using the personal identification number (PIN) method
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >WWiirreelleessss >WWii--FFii PPrrootteecctteedd SSeettuupp >SSttaarrtt PPIINN MMeetthhoodd
2. Copy the eight-digit WPS PIN.
3. Open a Web browser, then type the IP address of your access point in the address field.
View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
4. Access the WPS settings. For more information, see the documentation that came with your access point.
5. Enter the eight-digit PIN, then save the changes.
CONFIGURING WI-FI DIRECT
Wi-Fi Direct is a Wi-Fi-based peer-to-peer technology that allows wireless devices to connect directly to a Wi-Fi
Direct-enabled printer without using an access point (wireless router).
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt.
2. Configure the settings.
•EEnnaabbllee WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt—Enables the printer to broadcast its own Wi-Fi Direct network.
•WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt NNaammee—Assigns a name for the Wi-Fi Direct network.
•WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt PPaasssswwoorrdd—Assigns the password for negotiating the wireless security when using the peer-to-
peer connection.
•SShhooww PPaasssswwoorrdd oonn SSeettuupp PPaaggee—Shows the password on the Network Setup Page.
•AAuuttoo--AAcccceepptt PPuusshh BBuuttttoonn RReeqquueessttss—Lets the printer accept connection requests automatically.
Note: Accepting push-button requests automatically is not secured.
• By default, the Wi-Fi Direct network password is not visible on the printer display. To show the password,
enable the password peek icon. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> SSeeccuurriittyy >> MMiisscceellllaanneeoouuss >>
EEnnaabbllee PPaasssswwoorrdd//PPIINN RReevveeaall.
• To know the password of the Wi-Fi Direct network without showing it on the printer display, from the home
screen touch SSeettttiinnggss >> RReeppoorrttss >> NNeettwwoorrkk >> NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp.
CONNECTING A MOBILE DEVICE TO THE PRINTER
Before connecting your mobile device, make sure that Wi-Fi Direct has been configured. For more information, see
Configuring Wi-Fi Direct.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 45
Set up, Install, and Configure
Connecting Using Wi-Fi Direct
Note: These instructions apply only to Android mobile devices.
1. From the mobile device, go to the settings menu.
2. Enable WWii--FFii, and then tap WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt.
3. Select the printer Wi-Fi Direct name.
4. Confirm the connection on the printer control panel.
Connecting Using Wi-Fi
1. From the mobile device, go to the settings menu.
2. Tap WWii--FFii, and then select the printer Wi-Fi Direct name.
Note: The string DIRECT-xy (where x and y are two random characters) is added before the Wi-Fi Direct
name.
3. Enter the Wi-Fi Direct password.
CONNECTING A COMPUTER TO THE PRINTER
Before connecting your computer, make sure that Wi-Fi Direct has been configured. For more information, see
Configuring Wi-Fi Direct.
For Windows Users
1. Open the printers folder.
2. Select the printer you want to update, and then do either of the following:
• For Windows 7 or later, select PPrriinntteerr pprrooppeerrttiieess.
• For earlier versions, select PPrrooppeerrttiieess.
3. Navigate to the Configuration tab, and then select UUppddaattee NNooww -- AAsskk PPrriinntteerr.
4. Apply the changes.
For Macintosh Users
1. From System Preferences in the Apple menu, navigate to your printer, and then select OOppttiioonnss && SSuupppplliieess.
2. Navigate to the list of hardware options, and then add any installed options.
3. Apply the changes.
DEACTIVATING THE WI-FI NETWORK
1. From the printer control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr >SSttaannddaarrdd NNeettwwoorrkkiinngg
2. Follow the instructions on the display.
46 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
CHECKING THE PRINTER CONNECTIVITY
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk >NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp PPaaggee.
2. Check the first section of the network setup page, and confirm that the status is connected.
If the status is not connected, then the LAN drop may be inactive, or the network cable may be malfunctioning.
Contact your administrator for assistance.
CHANGING THE PRINTER PORT SETTINGS AFTER INSTALLING AN INTERNAL SOLUTIONS PORT
• If the printer has a static IP address, then do not change the configuration.
• If the computers are configured to use the network name instead of an IP address, then do not change the
configuration.
• If you are adding a wireless internal solution port (ISP) to a printer previously configured for an Ethernet
connection, then disconnect the printer from the Ethernet network.
For Windows users
1. Open the printers folder.
2. From the shortcut menu of the printer with the new ISP, open the printer properties.
3. Configure the port from the list.
4. Update the IP address.
5. Apply the changes.
For Macintosh users
1. From System Preferences in the Apple menu, navigate to the list of printers, then select ++ >IIPP.
2. Type the IP address in the address field.
3. Apply the changes.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 47
Set up, Install, and Configure
Setting Up and Using the Home Screen Applications
Note: These applications are supported only in some printer models.
FINDING THE IP ADDRESS OF THE PRINTER
To view the IP address of the printer, open the Home Screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
If you are using a proxy server, temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly.
MANAGING BOOKMARKS
Creating bookmarks
Use bookmarks to print frequently accessed documents that are stored in servers or on the web.
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
2. Click BBooookkmmaarrkk SSeettuupp >AAdddd BBooookkmmaarrkk, then type a unique name for the bookmark.
3. Select an Address protocol type, then do one of the following:
• For HTTP and HTTPS, type the URL that you want to bookmark.
• For HTTPS, make sure to use the host name instead of the IP address. For example, type myWebsite.com/
sample.pdf instead of typing 123.123.123.123/sample.pdf. Make sure that the host name also matches the
Common Name (CN) value in the server certificate. For more information on obtaining the CN value in the
server certificate, see the help information for your web browser.
• For FTP, type the FTP address. For example, myServer/myDirectory. Enter the FTP port. Port 21 is the default
port for sending commands.
• For SMB, type the network folder address. For example, myServer/myShare/myFile.pdf. Type the network
domain name.
• If necessary, select the Authentication type for FTP and SMB.
To limit access to the bookmark, enter a PIN.
Note: The application supports the following file types: PDF, JPEG, TIFF, and HTML-based web pages. Other
file types such as DOCX and XLXS are supported in some printer models.
4. Click SSaavvee.
Note: To manage bookmarks, click BBooookkmmaarrkk SSeettuupp.
Creating folders
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
48 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
2. Click BBooookkmmaarrkk SSeettuupp >AAdddd FFoollddeerr, then type a unique name for the folder.
Note: To limit access to the folder, enter a PIN.
3. Click SSaavvee.
• You can create folders or bookmarks inside a folder. To create a bookmark, refer to Creating bookmarks.
• To manage folders, click BBooookkmmaarrkk SSeettuupp.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 49
Set up, Install, and Configure
Setting up the printer to fax
• The following connection methods are applicable only in some countries or regions.
• During the initial printer setup, clear the fax function check box and any other function you plan to set up later,
then select CCoonnttiinnuuee.
• If the fax function is enabled and not fully set up, then the indicator light may blink red.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Do not touch cables or the printer in the area shown while actively sending or receiving a fax.
SETTING UP THE FAX FUNCTION
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPrreeffeerreenncceess >> RRuunn IInniittiiaall SSeettuupp
2. Turn off the printer, wait for about 10 seconds, then turn on the printer.
3. From the Before You Begin screen, select CChhaannggee tthhee SSeettttiinnggss aanndd CCoonnttiinnuuee wwiitthh tthhee WWiizzaarrdd.
4. From the Fax/Email Server Setup screen, enter the needed information.
5. Finish the setup.
Using the fax setup wizard in the printer
• This wizard appears only when analog fax is not yet set up.
• This wizard only sets up the analog fax. To setup other fax modes, go to Settings > Fax > Fax Setup.
• Before using the wizard, make sure that the printer firmware is updated. For more information, see Updating
Software.
1. From the home screen, touch FFaaxx.
2. Touch SSeett uupp nnooww.
3. Type the fax name, and then touch NNeexxtt.
4. Enter the fax number and then touch DDoonnee.
50 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Using the Settings menu in the printer
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >GGeenneerraall FFaaxx sseettttiinnggss.
2. Configure the settings.
Using the Embedded Web Server
1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
To view the IP address of the printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of the Printer.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> FFaaxx >> FFaaxx SSeettuupp >> GGeenneerraall FFaaxx SSeettttiinnggss.
3. Configure the settings.
4. Apply the changes.
SETTING UP FAX USING A STANDARD TELEPHONE LINE
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make
any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning
storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not use the fax feature during a
lightning storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger
telecommunications (RJ-11) cord when connecting this product to the public switched telephone network.
For users in Australia, the cord must be approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.
Setup 1: Printer is connected to a dedicated fax line
1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to an active analog wall jack.
• You can set the printer to receive faxes automatically (Auto Answer On) or manually (Auto Answer Off).
• If you want to receive faxes automatically, then set the printer to pick up on a specified number of rings.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 51
Set up, Install, and Configure
Setup 2: Printer is sharing the line with an answering machine
Note: If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service, then make sure that you set the correct ring pattern for
the printer. Otherwise, the printer does not receive faxes even if you have set it to receive faxes
automatically.
VVaarriioouuss ccoonnffiigguurraattiioonnss ttrroo ccoonnnneecctt ttoo ddiiffffeerreenntt wwaallll jjaacckkss
1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to an active analog wall jack.
• If you have only one telephone number on your line, then set the printer to receive faxes automatically.
• Set the printer to pick up calls two rings after the answering machine. For example, if the answering machine
picks up calls after four rings, then set the printer Rings to Answer setting to six.
SETTING UP FAX IN COUNTRIES OR REGIONS WITH DIFFERENT TELEPHONE WALL JACKS AND
PLUGS
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make
any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning
storm.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not use the fax feature during a
lightning storm.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger telecommunications (RJ-11) cord when
connecting this product to the public switched telephone network. For users in Australia, the cord must be
approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.
The standard wall jack adopted by most countries or regions is RJ11. If the wall jack or equipment in your facility is
not compatible with this type of connection, then use a telephone adapter. An adapter for your country or region
may not come with your printer, and you may need to purchase it separately.
There may be an adapter plug installed in the telephone port of the printer. Do not remove the adapter plug from
52 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
the telephone port of the printer if you are connecting to a serial or cascaded telephone system.
Connecting the printer to a non-RJ11 wall jack
1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the RJ11 adapter, then connect the adapter to the wall jack.
3. If you want to connect another device with a non-RJ11 connector to the same wall jack, then connect it
directly to the telephone adapter.
Connecting the printer to a wall jack in Germany
The German wall jack has two kinds of ports. The N ports are for fax machines, modems, and answering machines.
The F port is for telephones. Connect the printer to any of the N ports.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 53
Set up, Install, and Configure
1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the RJ11 adapter, then connect the adapter to an N port.
3. If you want to connect a telephone and answering machine to the same wall jack, then connect the devices as
shown.
CONNECTING TO A DISTINCTIVE RING SERVICE
A distinctive ring service lets you have multiple telephone numbers on one telephone line. Each telephone number is
assigned a different ring pattern.
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss >AAnnsswweerr OOnn
2. Select a ring pattern.
3. Apply the changes.
SETTING THE FAX DATE AND TIME
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPrreeffeerreenncceess >> DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee >> CCoonnffiigguurree
2. Configure the settings.
CONFIGURING DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPrreeffeerreenncceess >> DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee >> CCoonnffiigguurree
For non-touch-screen printer models, to navigate through the settings, press OOKK.
2. From the Time Zone menu, select the required time zone.
3. Configure the settings.
CONFIGURING THE FAX SPEAKER SETTINGS
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >SSppeeaakkeerr SSeettttiinnggss.
2. Do the following:
• Set the Speaker Mode to AAllwwaayyss OOnn.
• Set the Speaker Volume to HHiigghh.
• Activate the Ringer Volume.
54 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Configuring the Email SMTP Settings
Configure the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) settings to send a scanned document through e-mail. The
settings vary with each email service provider.
Before you begin, make sure that the printer is connected to a network and that the network is connected to the
Internet.
USING THE EMAIL SETUP WIZARD IN THE PRINTER
Before using the wizard, make sure that the printer firmware is updated. For more information, refer to Updating
Software.
1. From the home screen, touch EEmmaaiill.
2. Touch and type your e-mail address.
3. Type the password.
• Depending on your e-mail service provider, type your account password, app password, or authentication
password. For more information on the password, refer to the list of Email Service Providers, and then look
for Device Password.
• If your provider is not listed, contact your provider and ask for the Primary SMTP Gateway, Primary SMTP
Gateway Port, Use SSL/TLS, and SMTP Server Authentication settings.
4. Touch OOKK.
USING THE SETTINGS MENU IN THE PRINTER
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> EE--mmaaiill >> EE--mmaaiill SSeettuupp.
2. Configure the settings.
• For more information on the password, refer to the list of Email Service Providers.
• For email service providers that are not on the list, contact your provider and ask for the settings.
USING THE EMBEDDED WEB SERVER
1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> EEmmaaiill.
3. From the Email Setup section, configure the settings.
• For more information on the password, refer to the list of Email Service Providers.
• For email service providers that are not on the list, contact your provider and ask for the settings.
4. Click SSaavvee.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 55
Set up, Install, and Configure
EMAIL SERVICE PROVIDERS
To determine the SMTP settings of your email service provider, use the following tables.
Note: For each Email Service Provider, the port number can be different according to the Primary SMTP
Gateway.
Gmail™
Note: Make sure that two-step verification is enabled on your Google account.
To enable two-step verification, go to the Google Account Security page, log in to your account, then from the
Signing in to Google section, click 22--SStteepp VVeerriiffiiccaattiioonn.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.gmail.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Note: The port number can be different according to the
Primary SMTP Gateway. For example, it can be 25, 465 or
587.
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password App password
Note: To create an app password, go to the Google Account
Security page, log in to your account, and from the Signing in
to Google section, click AApppp ppaasssswwoorrddss.
Yahoo!®Mail
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.mail.yahoo.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
56 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password App password
Note: To create an app password, go to the Yahoo Account
Security page, log in to your account, and then click
GGeenneerraattee aapppp ppaasssswwoorrdd
Outlook Live
These settings apply to outlook.com and hotmail.com email domains.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.office365.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Account password or app password
• For accounts with two-step verification disabled, use your account
password.
• For accounts with two-step verification enabled, use an app
password. To create an app password, go to the Outlook Live
Account Managment page, then log in to your account.
AOL Mail
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.aol.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 57
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password App password
Note: To create an app password, go to the AOL Account
Security page, log in to your account, then click GGeenneerraattee
aapppp ppaasssswwoorrdd.
iCloud Mail
Note: Make sure that the two-step verification is enabled on your account.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.mail.me.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password App password
Note: To create an app password, go to the iCloud Account
Management page, log in to your account, then from the
Security section, click GGeenneerraattee PPaasssswwoorrdd.
Comcast Mail
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.comcast.net
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
58 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Account password
Mail.com
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.mail.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Account password
Zoho Mail
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.zoho.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 59
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Account password or app password
• For accounts with two-step verification disabled, use your account
password.
• For accounts with two-step verification enabled, use an app
password. To create an app password, go to the Zoho Mail
Account Security page, log in to your account, then from the
Application-Specific Passwords section, click GGeenneerraattee NNeeww
PPaasssswwoorrdd.
QQ Mail
Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the QQ Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> AAccccoouunntt, then from the POP3/IMAP/SMTP/
Exchange/CardDAV/CalDAV Service section, enable either PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.qq.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Authorization code
Note: To generate an authorization code, from the QQ Mail
home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> AAccccoouunntt, then from the POP3/
IMAP/SMTP/Exchange/CardDAV/CalDAV Service section,
click GGeenneerraattee aauutthhoorriizzaattiioonn ccooddee
NetEase Mail (mail.163.com)
Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the NetEase Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, and then enable
either IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
60 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.163.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Authorization password
Note: The authorization password is provided when IMAP/
SMTP service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.
NetEase Mail (mail.126.com)
Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the NetEase Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, then enable either
IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.126.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Authorization password
Note: The authorization password is provided when IMAP/
SMTP service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 61
Set up, Install, and Configure
NetEase Mail (mail.yeah.net)
Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the NetEase Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, and then enable
either IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.yeah.net
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Authorization password
Note: The authorization password is provided when IMAP/
SMTP service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.
Sohu Mail
Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the Sohu Mail home page, click OOppttiioonnss >> SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, and then
enable either IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.sohu.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
62 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Independent password
Note: The independent password is provided when IMAP/SMTP
service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.
Sina Mail
Note: Make sure that the POP3/SMTP service is enabled on your account.
To enable the service, from the Sina Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> MMoorree sseettttiinnggss >> UUsseerr--eenndd PPOOPP//IIMMAAPP//
SSMMTTPP, and then enable PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.
SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE
Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.sina.com
Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587
Use SSL/TLS Required
Require Trusted Certificate Disabled
Reply Address Your email address
SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain
Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials
Device UserID Your email address
Device Password Authorization code
Note: To create an authorization code, from the email home page,
click SSeettttiinnggss >> MMoorree sseettttiinnggss >> UUsseerr--eenndd PPOOPP//IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP,
and then enable AAuutthhoorriizzaattiioonn ccooddee ssttaattuuss.
• If you encounter errors using the settings provided, then contact your email service provider.
• For email service providers that are not on the list, contact your provider and ask for the settings.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 63
Set up, Install, and Configure
Setting up using accessbility features
ACTIVATING VOICE GUIDANCE
From the control panel
1. Press and hold the 55 key until you hear a voice message.
2. Select OOKK.
From the keyboard
1. Press and hold the 55 key until you hear a voice message.
2. Press TTaabb to navigate the focus cursor to the OK button, then press EEnntteerr.
• Voice Guidance is also activated when you insert headphones into the headphone jack.
• To adjust the volume, use the volume buttons at the bottom part of the control panel.
NAVIGATING THE SCREEN USING GESTURES
• The gestures are applicable only when Voice Guidance is activated.
• Enable Magnification to use the zoom and pan gestures.
• Use a physical keyboard to type characters and adjust certain settings.
GGEESSTTUURREE FFUUNNCCTTIIOONN
Double-tap Select an option or item on the screen.
Triple-tap Zoom in or zoom out text and images.
Swipe right or swipe down Move to the next item on the screen.
Swipe left or swipe up Move to the previous item on the screen.
Pan Access parts of the zoomed image that are beyond the
limits of the screen.
This gesture requires the use of two fingers to drag
across a zoomed image.
Swipe up then left Exit an application and return to the home screen.
Swipe down then left • Cancel a job.
• Go back to the previous setting.
• Exit the screen that appears without changing any
setting or value.
Swipe up then down Repeat a spoken prompt.
64 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
ENABLING MAGNIFICATION MODE
1. From the control panel, press and hold the 55 key until you hear a voice message.
2. Select MMaaggnniiffiiccaattiioonn mmooddee.
3. Select OOKK.
For more information on navigating a magnified screen, refer to Navigating the screen using gestures.
ADJUSTING THE VOICE GUIDANCE SPEECH RATE
1. From the home screen, select SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >AAcccceessssiibbiilliittyy >SSppeeeecchh RRaattee.
2. Select the speech rate.
USING THE KEYBOARD ON THE DISPLAY
Do one or more of the following:
• Drag a finger over the key to announce the character.
• Lift the finger to enter or type the character in the field.
• Select BBaacckkssppaaccee to delete characters.
• To hear the content in the input field, select TTaabb, then select SShhiifftt ++ TTaabb.
ENABLING SPOKEN PASSWORDS OR PERSONAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
1. From the home screen, select SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >AAcccceessssiibbiilliittyy >SSppeeaakk PPaasssswwoorrddss//PPIINNss.
2. Enable the setting.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 65
Set up, Install, and Configure
Loading paper and specialty media
SETTING THE PAPER SIZE AND TYPE
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//TTyyppee > select a paper source
2. Set the paper size and type.
CONFIGURING UNIVERSAL PAPER SETTINGS
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >MMeeddiiaa CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >UUnniivveerrssaall SSeettuupp
2. Configure the settings.
LOADING TRAYS
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: To reduce the risk of equipment instability, load each tray separately.
Keep all other trays closed until needed.
1. Remove the tray.
Note: To avoid paper jams, do not remove trays while the printer is busy.
66 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
2. Adjust the guides to match the size of the paper that you are loading.
Note: Use the indicators on the bottom of the tray to position the guides.
3. Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.
4. Load the paper stack with the printable side faceup, and then make sure that the side guides fit snugly against
the paper.
• For one-sided printing, load letterhead faceup with the header toward the front of the tray.
• For two-sided printing, load letterhead facedown with the header toward the back of the tray.
• Do not slide paper into the tray.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 67
Set up, Install, and Configure
• To avoid paper jams, make sure that the stack height is below the maximum paper fill indicator.
5. Insert the tray.
If necessary, set the paper size and paper type from the control panel to match the paper loaded.
LOADING THE MULTIPURPOSE FEEDER
1. Open the multipurpose feeder.
Note: The multipurpose feeder is available only in some printer models.
2. Adjust the guide to match the size of the paper that you are loading.
68 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
4. Load paper with the printable side facedown.
• Load letterhead with the printable side face down and the top edge entering the printer first for one-sided
printing
• Load letterhead with the printable side face up and the top edge entering the printer last for two-sided
printing
• Load envelopes with the flap side up and against the right side of the paper guide
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: Do not use envelopes with stamps, clasps, snaps, windows, coated
linings, or self-stick adhesives.
5. From the control panel, set the paper size and paper type to match the paper loaded.
70 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
2. Load a sheet of paper with the printable side facedown.
• Load letterhead with the printable side facedown and the top edge entering the printer first for one-sided
printing.
• Load letterhead with the printable side face up and the top edge entering the printer last for two-sided
printing.
• Load envelope with the flap side up and against the right side of the paper guide.
3. Feed the paper until its leading edge gets pulled in.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To avoid paper jams, do not force paper into the manual feeder.
72 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
LINKING TRAYS
1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
You can locate the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPaappeerr >> TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn.
3. Set the same paper size and paper type for the trays that you are linking.
4. Save the settings.
5. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> MMaaiinntteennaannccee >> CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn MMeennuu >> TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn.
6. Set Tray Linking to AAuuttoommaattiicc.
7. Save the settings.
To unlink trays, make sure that no trays have the same paper size and paper type settings.
WWaarrnniinngg:: The temperature of the fuser varies according to the specified paper type. To avoid printing
issues, match the paper type setting in the printer with the paper loaded in the tray.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 73
Set up, Install, and Configure
Adjusting the speaker volume
ADJUSTING THE DEFAULT INTERNAL SPEAKER VOLUME
Note: The speaker is available only in some printer models.
1. From the control panel, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPrreeffeerreenncceess >> DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss >> VVoolluummee
2. Adjust the volume.
• If Quiet Mode is enabled, then audible alerts are turned off. This setting also slows the printer performance.
• The volume resets to the default value after the session is logged out or when the printer wakes from Sleep or
Hibernate mode.
CONFIGURING THE FAX SPEAKER SETTINGS
Note: This feature is available only in some printer models.
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >> FFaaxx >> FFaaxx SSeettuupp >> SSppeeaakkeerr SSeettttiinnggss
2. Do the following:
• Set the Speaker Mode to AAllwwaayyss OOnn.
• Set the Speaker Volume to HHiigghh.
• Activate the Ringer Volume.
74 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Configuring Device Sounds Settings
Note: The Device Sounds icon is available only in some printer models.
1. From the control panel, touch the DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss icon.
The Status/Supplies screen appears.
2. At the Status/Supplies screen, touch DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss:: OOnn.
The Device Sounds screen appears.
3. From the Device Sounds screen, you can enable or disable the following sound settings:
• Mute All Sounds
• Button Feedback
• Access Device Feedback
• Volume
• ADF Loaded Beep
• Alarm Control
• Cartridge Alarm
• Speaker Mode
• Ringer Volume
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 75
Set up, Install, and Configure
Setting up Card Copy
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
2. Click AAppppss >CCaarrdd CCooppyy >CCoonnffiigguurree.
• Make sure that Display Icon is enabled.
• Make sure that E-mail Settings and Network Share Settings are configured.
• When scanning a card, make sure that the scan resolution does not exceed 200 dpi for color and 400 dpi
for black and white.
• When scanning multiple cards, make sure that the scan resolution does not exceed 150 dpi for color and
300 dpi for black and white.
3. Apply the changes.
Note: You need a printer hard disk to scan multiple cards.
76 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Using Shortcut Center
1. From the home screen, touch SShhoorrttccuutt CCeenntteerr, then select a printer function.
2. Touch CCrreeaattee SShhoorrttccuutt, then configure the settings.
3. Touch SSaavvee, then type a unique shortcut name.
4. Apply the changes.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 77
Set up, Install, and Configure
Setting up Device Quotas
You may need administrative rights to access the application.
1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
2. Click AAppppss >DDeevviiccee QQuuoottaass >CCoonnffiigguurree.
3. From the User Accounts section, add or edit a user, then set the user quota.
4. Apply the changes.
Note: For information on how to configure the application and its security settings, see the Device Quotas
Administrator’s Guide.
78 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Using Customer Support
1. From the home screen, touch CCuussttoommeerr SSuuppppoorrtt.
2. Print or e-mail the information.
Note: For information on configuring the application settings, see the Customer Support Administrator’s
Guide.
80 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Managing contacts
ADDING CONTACTS
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
2. Click AAddddrreessss BBooookk.
3. From the Contacts section, add a contact.
Note: You can assign the contact to one or more groups.
4. If necessary, specify a login method to allow application access.
5. Apply the changes.
ADDING GROUPS
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
2. Click AAddddrreessss BBooookk.
3. From the Contact Groups section, add a group name.
Note: You can assign one or more contacts to the group.
4. Apply the changes.
EDITING CONTACTS OR GROUPS
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
2. Click AAddddrreessss BBooookk.
3. Do either of the following:
• From the Contacts section, click a contact name, then edit the information.
• From the Contact Groups section, click a group name, then edit the information.
4. Apply the changes.
DELETING CONTACTS OR GROUPS
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
2. Click AAddddrreessss BBooookk.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 81
Set up, Install, and Configure
Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware
INSTALLING THE PRINTER SOFTWARE
• The print driver is included in the software installer package.
• For Macintosh computers with macOS version 10.7 or later, you do not need to install the driver to print on an
AirPrint-certified printer. If you want custom printing features, then download the print driver.
1. Obtain a copy of the software installer package.
• From the software CD that came with your printer.
• Go to www.xerox.com/drivers.
2. Run the installer, and then follow the instructions on the computer screen.
ADDING PRINTERS TO A COMPUTER
Before you begin, do one of the following:
• Connect the printer and the computer to the same network. For more information on connecting the printer to
a network, see Connecting the Printer to a Wi-Fi Network.
• Connect the computer to the printer. For more information, see Connecting a computer to the printer.
• Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable. For more information, see Attaching Cables.
Note: The USB cable is sold separately.
For Windows users
1. From a computer, install the print driver.
Note: For more information, see Installing the printer software.
2. Open PPrriinntteerrss && ssccaannnneerrss, and then click AAdddd aa pprriinntteerr oorr ssccaannnneerr.
3. Depending on your printer connection, do one of the following:
• Select a printer from the list, and then click AAdddd ddeevviiccee.
• Click SShhooww WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt pprriinntteerrss, select a printer, and then click AAdddd ddeevviiccee.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 83
Set up, Install, and Configure
• Click TThhee pprriinntteerr tthhaatt II wwaanntt iissnn’’tt lliisstteedd, and then from the Add Printer window, do the following:
1. Select AAdddd aa pprriinntteerr uussiinngg aa TTCCPP//IIPP aaddddrreessss oorr hhoossttnnaammee, and then click NNeexxtt.
2. In the “Hostname or IP address” field, type the printer IP address, and then click NNeexxtt.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of
numbers separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
3. Select a print driver, and then click NNeexxtt.
4. Select UUssee tthhee pprriinntt ddrriivveerr tthhaatt iiss ccuurrrreennttllyy iinnssttaalllleedd ((rreeccoommmmeennddeedd)), and then click NNeexxtt.
5. Type a printer name, and then click NNeexxtt.
6. Select a printer sharing option, and then click NNeexxtt.
7. Click FFiinniisshh.
For Macintosh users
1. From a computer, open PPrriinntteerrss && SSccaannnneerrss.
2. Click the Plus icon (+), and then select a printer.
3. From the Use menu, select a print driver.
• To use the Macintosh print driver, select either AAiirrPPrriinntt or SSeeccuurree AAiirrPPrriinntt.
• If you want custom printing features, then select the Xerox print driver. To install the driver, see Installing
the printer software.
4. Add the printer.
INSTALLING THE PRINT DRIVER SOFTWARE
Before you install the print driver software, verify that the printer is plugged in, powered on, connected correctly,
and has a valid IP address. The IP address usually appears in the upper right corner of the control panel.
To view the IP address of the printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of the Printer.
Note: If the Software and Documentation disc is not available, download the latest drivers from www.xerox.
com/drivers
Operating System Requirements
• Windows 7 SP1, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server
2012, Windows Server 2016, Windows Server 2019, and Windows Server 2022.
• MacOS version 10.14 and later.
• UNIX and Linux: Your printer supports connection to various UNIX platforms through the network interface.
84 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows Network Printer
1. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. If the installer does
not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the SSeettuupp..eexxee installer file.
2. Click XXeerrooxx SSmmaarrtt SSttaarrtt —— DDrriivveerr IInnssttaalllleerr ((RReeccoommmmeennddeedd)).
3. At the License Agreement, click AAggrreeee.
4. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer.
When you install print drivers for a network printer, if your printer does not appear in the list, click DDoonn’’tt SSeeee
YYoouurr PPrriinntteerr??, then enter the IP address for your printer.
To view the IP address of your printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of the Printer.
5. Click QQuuiicckk IInnssttaallll.
A message appears that confirms that the installation is successful.
6. To complete the installation and close the Installer window, click DDoonnee.
Installing the Windows Print Driver .zip File
You can download print drivers from Xerox.com in a .zip file, then use the Windows Add Printer Wizard to install the
print drivers on your computer.
To install the print driver from the .zip file:
1. Download, then extract the required .zip file to a local directory on your computer.
2. At your computer, open the CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell, then select DDeevviicceess aanndd PPrriinntteerrss >> AAdddd aa PPrriinntteerr.
3. Click TThhee pprriinntteerr tthhaatt II wwaanntt iissnn''tt lliisstteedd, then click AAdddd aa llooccaall pprriinntteerr oorr nneettwwoorrkk pprriinntteerr wwiitthh mmaannuuaall
sseettttiinnggss.
4. To use a previously established port, select UUssee aann eexxiissttiinngg ppoorrtt, then from the list, select a Standard TCP/IP
Port.
5. To create a Standard TCP/IP port:
a. Select CCrreeaattee aa NNeeww PPoorrtt.
b. For Type of port, select SSttaannddaarrdd TTCCPP//IIPP PPoorrtt, then click NNeexxtt.
c. In the Hostname or IP address field, type the printer IP address or host name.
d. To disable the feature, clear the check box for QQuueerryy tthhee pprriinntteerr aanndd aauuttoommaattiiccaallllyy sseelleecctt tthhee ddrriivveerr ttoo
uussee, then click NNeexxtt.
6. Click HHaavvee DDiisskk.
7. Click BBrroowwssee. Browse to, then select the driver.inf file for your printer. Click OOppeenn.
8. Select your printer model, then click NNeexxtt.
9. If a prompt appears because the print driver was installed previously, click UUssee tthhee ddrriivveerr tthhaatt iiss ccuurrrreennttllyy
iinnssttaalllleedd ((rreeccoommmmeennddeedd)).
10. In the Printer name field, type a name for your printer.
11. To install the print driver, click NNeexxtt.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 85
Set up, Install, and Configure
12. If needed, set the printer as the default printer.
Note: Before you select SShhaarree PPrriinntteerr, contact your system administrator.
13. To send a test page to the printer, click PPrriinntt aa tteesstt ppaaggee.
14. Click FFiinniisshh.
Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows USB Printer
1. Connect the B end of a standard A/B USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 cable to the USB Port on the back of the printer.
2. Connect the A end of the USB cable to the USB port on the computer.
3. If the Windows Found New Hardware Wizard appears, click ccaanncceell.
4. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. If the installer does
not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the SSeettuupp..eexxee installer file.
5. Click XXeerrooxx SSmmaarrtt SSttaarrtt —— DDrriivveerr IInnssttaalllleerr ((RReeccoommmmeennddeedd)).
6. At the License Agreement, click AAggrreeee.
7. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer, then click QQuuiicckk IInnssttaallll.
A message appears that confirms that the installation is successful.
8. To complete the installation and close the Installer window, click DDoonnee.
Installing the Printer as a Web Service on Devices
Web Services on Devices (WSD) allows a client to discover and access a remote device and its associated services
across a network. WSD supports device discovery, control, and use.
Installing a WSD Printer Using the Add Device Wizard
1. At your computer, click SSttaarrtt, then select PPrriinntteerrss aanndd SSccaannnneerrss.
2. To add the required printer, click AAdddd aa PPrriinntteerr oorr SSccaannnneerr.
3. In the list of available devices, select the device that you want to use, then click NNeexxtt.
Note: If the printer that you want to use does not appear in the list, click CCaanncceell. To add the printer
manually, use the IP address of the printer. For details, refer to Installing the Windows Print Driver .zip File.
4. Click CClloossee.
Installing the Drivers and Utilities for MacOS
1. Download the latest print driver from https://www.xerox.com/office/drivers.
2. Open the Xerox®Print Drivers 5.xx.x.dmg or .pkg as needed for your printer.
3. To run Xerox®Print Drivers 5.xx.x.dmg or .pkg, double-click the appropriate file name.
4. When prompted, click CCoonnttiinnuuee.
5. To accept the license agreement, click II AAggrreeee.
86 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
6. To accept the current installation location, click IInnssttaallll, or select another location for the installation files, then
click IInnssttaallll.
7. If prompted, enter your password, then click OOKK.
8. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer, then click NNeexxtt.
9. If your printer does not appear in the list of discovered printers:
a. Click the NNeettwwoorrkk PPrriinntteerr IIccoonn.
b. Type the IP address of your printer, then click CCoonnttiinnuuee.
c. Select your printer in the list of discovered printers, then click CCoonnttiinnuuee.
10. If your printer was not detected, verify that the printer is powered on and that the Ethernet or USB cable is
connected properly.
11. To accept the print queue message, click OOKK.
12. Select or clear the SSeett PPrriinntteerr aass DDeeffaauulltt and PPrriinntt aa TTeesstt PPaaggee check boxes.
13. Click CCoonnttiinnuuee, then click CClloossee.
Adding the Printer for MacOS
For networking, set up your printer using Bonjour®(mDNS), or for an LPD, LPR connection, connect using the IP
address of your printer. For a non-network printer, create a desktop USB connection.
For more information, go to the Online Support Assistant at: https://www.xerox.com/support.
AAddddiinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr UUssiinngg BBoonnjjoouurr
To add the printer using Bonjour®:
1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open SSyysstteemm PPrreeffeerreenncceess.
2. Click PPrriinntteerrss && SSccaannnneerrss.
The list of printers appears on the left of the window.
3. For the list of printers, click the Plus icon (++).
4. At the top of the window, click the DDeeffaauulltt icon.
5. Select your printer from the list, then click AAdddd.
Note: If your printer is not detected, verify that the printer is powered on and that the Ethernet cable is
connected properly.
AAddddiinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr bbyy SSppeecciiffyyiinngg tthhee IIPP AAddddrreessss
To add the printer by specifying the IP address:
1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open SSyysstteemm PPrreeffeerreenncceess.
2. Click PPrriinntteerrss && SSccaannnneerrss.
The list of printers appears on the left of the window.
3. In the list of printers, click the Plus (++) icon.
4. Click IIPP.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 87
Set up, Install, and Configure
5. From the Protocol list, select the protocol.
6. In the Address field, enter the IP address of the printer.
7. In the Name field, enter a name for the printer.
8. From the Use list, choose SSeelleecctt aa ddrriivveerr ttoo uussee.
9. From the printer software list, select the print driver for your printer model.
10. Click AAdddd.
Installing Print Drivers and Utilities for UNIX and Linux
For more information on installing print drivers and utilities for UNIX and Linux, refer to https://www.xerox.com/
office/drivers.
UPDATING SOFTWARE
Some applications require a minimum device software level to operate correctly.
For more information on updating the device software, contact your customer service representative.
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> SSooffttwwaarree UUppddaattee.
3. Choose one of the following:
• Click CChheecckk ffoorr uuppddaatteess >> II aaggrreeee,, ssttaarrtt uuppddaattee.
• To upload the software file, perform the following steps:
To get the latest software, go to www.xerox.com, and search for your printer model.
1. Browse to the software file.
Note: Make sure that you have extracted the software.zip file.
2. Click UUppllooaadd >> SSttaarrtt.
EXPORTING OR IMPORTING A CONFIGURATION FILE
You can export the configuration settings of your printer into a text file, and then import the file to apply the
settings to other printers.
1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly.
2. From the Embedded Web Server, click EExxppoorrtt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn or IImmppoorrtt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen.
88 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Set up, Install, and Configure
4. If the printer supports applications, then do the following:
a. Click AAppppss, select the application, then click CCoonnffiigguurree.
b. Click EExxppoorrtt or IImmppoorrtt.
ADDING AVAILABLE OPTIONS IN THE PRINT DRIVER
For Windows users
1. Open the printers folder.
2. Select the printer you want to update, and then do either of the following:
• For Windows 7 or later, select PPrriinntteerr pprrooppeerrttiieess.
• For earlier versions, select PPrrooppeerrttiieess.
3. Navigate to the Configuration tab, and then select UUppddaattee NNooww -- AAsskk PPrriinntteerr.
4. Apply the changes.
For Macintosh users
1. From System Preferences in the Apple menu, navigate to your printer, and then select OOppttiioonnss && SSuupppplliieess.
2. Navigate to the list of hardware options, and then add any installed options.
3. Apply the changes.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 89
Set up, Install, and Configure
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 91
4
Secure the printer
This chapter contains:
Locating the security slot.......................................................................................................................92
Erasing printer memory.........................................................................................................................93
Erasing printer hard disk memory............................................................................................................94
Encrypting the printer hard disk..............................................................................................................95
Restoring factory default settings............................................................................................................96
Statement of Volatility..........................................................................................................................97
Note: The hard disk is supported only in some printer models.
Erasing printer memory
To erase volatile memory or buffered data in your printer, turn off the printer.
To erase non-volatile memory or individual settings, device and network settings, security settings, and embedded
solutions, do the following:
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >MMaaiinntteennaannccee >OOuutt ooff SSeerrvviiccee EErraassee >SSaanniittiizzee aallll iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn nnoonnvvoollaattiillee
mmeemmoorryy
2. Depending on your printer model, select EERRAASSEE or CCoonnttiinnuuee.
3. Follow the instructions on the display.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 93
Secure the printer
Erasing printer hard disk memory
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >MMaaiinntteennaannccee >OOuutt ooff SSeerrvviiccee EErraassee.
2. Select the SSaanniittiizzee aallll iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn hhaarrdd ddiisskk check box, then touch EERRAASSEE.
3. Follow the instructions on the display.
Note: This process can take from several minutes to more than an hour, making the printer unavailable for
other tasks.
94 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Secure the printer
Encrypting the printer hard disk
This process erases all contents in the hard disk. If necessary, back up important data from the printer before
starting the encryption.
1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >SSeeccuurriittyy >DDiisskk EEnnccrryyppttiioonn >SSttaarrtt eennccrryyppttiioonn.
2. Follow the instructions on the display.
• To avoid loss of data, do not turn off the printer during the encryption process.
• This process can take from several minutes to more than an hour, making the printer unavailable for other tasks.
• After encryption, the printer automatically restarts.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 95
Secure the printer
Restoring factory default settings
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >RReessttoorree FFaaccttoorryy DDeeffaauullttss
2. In the Restore Settings menu, select the settings that you want to restore.
3. Select RREESSTTOORREE.
4. Follow the instructions on the display.
96 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Secure the printer
Statement of Volatility
TTYYPPEE OOFF MMEEMMOORRYY DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Volatile memory The printer uses standard random access memory
(RAM) to buffer temporarily user data during simple
print and copy jobs.
Non-volatile memory The printer may use two forms of non-volatile memory:
EEPROM and NAND (flash memory). Both types are
used to store the operating system, printer settings,
network information, scanner and bookmark settings,
and embedded solutions.
Hard disk memory Some printers may have a hard disk drive installed. The
printer hard disk is designed for printer-specific
functionality. The hard disk lets the printer retain
buffered user data from complex print jobs, form data,
and font data.
Erase the content of any installed printer memory in the following circumstances:
• The printer is decommissioned.
• The printer hard disk is replaced.
• The printer is moved to a different department or location.
• The printer is serviced by someone from outside your organization.
• The printer is removed from your premises for service.
• The printer is sold to another organization.
DISPOSING OF A PRINTER HARD DISK
•DDeeggaauussssiinngg—Flushes the hard disk with a magnetic field that erases stored data
•CCrruusshhiinngg—Physically compresses the hard disk to break component parts and render them unreadable
•MMiilllliinngg—Physically shreds the hard disk into small metal bits
Note: To guarantee that all data are completely erased, destroy physically each hard disk where data is
stored.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 97
Secure the printer
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 99
5
Print
Office Products
This chapter contains:
Printing from a computer ....................................................................................................................100
Printing from a mobile device...............................................................................................................101
Printing from a flash drive....................................................................................................................102
Supported flash drives and file types .....................................................................................................103
Configuring confidential jobs ...............................................................................................................104
Printing confidential and other held jobs . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ... 105
Printing a font sample list....................................................................................................................106
Printing from a computer
Note: For labels, card stock, and envelopes, set the paper size and type in the printer before printing the
document.
1. From the document that you are trying to print, open the Print dialog.
2. If necessary, adjust the settings.
3. Print the document.
100 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Print
Printing from a mobile device
Note: Mobile printing is available only in some printer models.
PRINTING FROM A MOBILE DEVICE USING MOPRIA PRINT SERVICE
Mopria® Print Service is a mobile printing solution for mobile devices running on AndroidTM version 4.4 or later. It
allows you to print directly to any Mopria-certified printer.
Note: Before printing, make sure that the Mopria Print Service is enabled.
1. From the home screen of your mobile device, launch a compatible application.
2. Tap PPrriinntt, then select the printer.
3. Send the print job.
PRINTING FROM A MOBILE DEVICE USING AIRPRINT
AirPrint is a mobile printing solution that allows you to print directly from Apple devices to an AirPrint-certified
printer.
• This application is supported only in some Apple devices.
• This application is supported only in some printer models.
1. From the home screen of your mobile device, launch a compatible application.
2. Select an item to print, then tap the share icon.
3. Tap PPrriinntt, then select a printer.
4. Print the document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 101
Print
Printing from a flash drive
1. Insert the flash drive.
• If you insert the flash drive when an error message appears, then the printer ignores the flash drive.
• If you insert the flash drive while the printer is processing other print jobs, then Busy appears on the display.
2. Select the document that you want to print.
If necessary, configure other print settings.
3. Print the document.
To print another document, select UUSSBB DDrriivvee.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid loss of data or printer malfunction, do not touch the flash drive or the printer in the
area shown while actively printing, reading, or writing from the memory device.
102 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Print
Supported flash drives and file types
FLASH DRIVES
• Lexar JumpDrive S70 (16GB and 32GB)
• SanDisk Cruzer (16GB and 32GB)
• PNY Attache (16GB and 32GB)
– The printer supports high-speed USB flash drives with full-speed standard.
– USB flash drives must support the File Allocation Table (FAT) system.
FILE TYPES
Documents
• PDF (version 1.7 or earlier)
• XPS
• Microsoft file formats (.doc, .docx, .xls, .xlsx, .ppt, .pptx) are supported only in some printer models.
Images
• .dcx
• .gif
• .JPEG or .jpg
• .bmp
• .pcx
• .TIFF or .tif
• .webp
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 103
Print
Configuring confidential jobs
1. From the control panel, navigate to SSeettttiinnggss >> SSeeccuurriittyy >> CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall PPrriinntt SSeettuupp.
2. Configure the settings.
UUSSEE TTOO
Max Invalid PIN Set the number of times an invalid PIN can be entered.
When the limit is reached, the print jobs for that user name are
deleted.
Confidential Job Expiration Set the expiration time for confidential print jobs.
Confidential held jobs are stored in the printer until they are released
or deleted manually.
Repeat Job Expiration Set the expiration time for a repeat print job.
Repeat held jobs are stored in the printer memory for reprinting.
Verify Job Expiration Set the expiration time that the printer prints a copy before printing
the remaining copies.
Verify jobs print one copy to check if it is satisfactory before printing
the remaining copies.
Reserve Job Expiration Set the expiration time that the printer stores print jobs.
Reserve held jobs are automatically deleted after printing.
Require All Jobs to be Held Set the printer to hold all print jobs.
104 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Print
Printing confidential and other held jobs
FOR WINDOWS USERS
UUssiinngg tthhee pprriinntt ddrriivveerr,, ddoo tthhee ffoolllloowwiinngg::
1. With a document open, click FFiillee >> PPrriinntt.
2. Select the printer, then click PPrriinntteerr PPrrooppeerrttiieess >> PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss >> JJoobb TTyyppee.
3. Select the print job type (Secure Print, Sample Set, Saved Job).
If you select SSeeccuurree PPrriinntt, enter a Passcode, then click OOKK. The PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss window close.
4. Click PPrriinntt.
FOR MACINTOSH USERS
UUssiinngg AAiirrPPrriinntt
1. With a document open, click FFiillee >> PPrriinntt.
2. Select a printer, then from the drop-down menu following the Orientation menu, choose PPIINN PPrriinnttiinngg.
3. Enable PPrriinntt wwiitthh PPIINN, then enter a four-digit PIN.
4. Click PPrriinntt.
5. From the printer home screen, release the print job. Touch HHeelldd jjoobbss >> sseelleecctt yyoouurr ccoommppuutteerr nnaammee >>
CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall >> eenntteerr tthhee PPIINN >> sseelleecctt tthhee pprriinntt jjoobb >> PPrriinntt.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 105
Print
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 107
6
Copy
This chapter contains:
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . 108
Making a copy...................................................................................................................................109
Copying photos.................................................................................................................................110
Copying on letterhead ........................................................................................................................111
Copying on both sides of the paper.......................................................................................................112
Reducing or enlarging copies................................................................................................................113
Collating copies.................................................................................................................................114
Placing separator sheets between copies ..... . . . . . . ..... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . 115
Copying multiple pages onto a single sheet . . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . 116
Creating a copy shortcut .....................................................................................................................117
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS
• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided
documents.
• Load an original document face-up. For multiple-
page documents, make sure to align the leading
edge before loading.
• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the
width of the paper that you are loading.
• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,
book pages, small items (such as postcards or
photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media
(such as magazine clippings).
• Place the document facedown in the corner with
the arrow.
108 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Copy
Making a copy
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
Note: To avoid a cropped image, make sure that the original document and the output have the same paper
size.
2. From the control panel, select CCooppyy, then specify the number of copies.
If necessary, adjust the other settings.
3. Copy the document.
Note: To make a quick copy, from the control panel, press the SSttaarrtt button.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 109
Copy
Copying photos
1. Place a photo on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, navigate to:
CCooppyy >CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee >PPhhoottoo
3. From the Content Source menu, select the setting that best matches the original photo.
4. Copy the document.
110 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Copy
Copying on letterhead
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, navigate to:
CCooppyy >CCooppyy FFrroomm > select the size of the original document > CCooppyy TToo > select a paper source
If you are loading into the multipurpose feeder, then navigate to:
CCooppyy TToo >MMuullttiippuurrppoossee FFeeeeddeerr > select a paper size > LLeetttteerrhheeaadd
3. Copy the document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 111
Copy
Reducing or enlarging copies
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, navigate to:
CCooppyy >> SSccaallee specify a scale value
Note: Changing the size of the original document or output after setting Scale restores the scale value to
Auto.
3. Copy the document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 113
Copy
Placing separator sheets between copies
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, navigate to:
CCooppyy >SSeettttiinnggss >SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss >OOnn
3. Adjust the settings.
4. Copy the document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 115
Copy
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 119
7
Email
This chapter contains:
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . 120
Setting up the e-mail function..............................................................................................................121
Configuring e-mail settings..................................................................................................................122
Sending an e-mail..............................................................................................................................123
Creating an e-mail shortcut..................................................................................................................124
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS
• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided
documents.
• Load an original document face-up. For multiple-
page documents, make sure to align the leading
edge before loading.
• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the
width of the paper that you are loading.
• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,
book pages, small items (such as postcards or
photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media
(such as magazine clippings).
• Place the document facedown in the corner with
the arrow.
120 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Email
Setting up the e-mail function
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated
by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >EE--mmaaiill >EE--mmaaiill SSeettuupp.
3. Configure the settings.
4. Apply the changes.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 121
Email
Configuring e-mail settings
1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >EE--mmaaiill.
3. Enter the needed information.
4. Apply the changes.
122 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Email
Sending an e-mail
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, select EE--mmaaiill, then enter the needed information.
For non-touch-screen printer models, press ##, then enter the shortcut number using the keypad.
Note: You can also enter the recipient using the address book.
3. If necessary, configure the output file type settings.
4. Send the e-mail.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 123
Email
Creating an e-mail shortcut
Note: You may need administrative rights to create a shortcut.
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated
by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SShhoorrttccuuttss >AAdddd SShhoorrttccuutt.
3. From the Shortcut Type menu, select EE--mmaaiill, then configure the settings.
4. Apply the changes.
124 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Email
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 125
8
Fax
This chapter contains:
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . 126
Sending a fax....................................................................................................................................127
Scheduling a fax................................................................................................................................128
Creating a fax destination shortcut .......................................................................................................129
Changing the fax resolution.................................................................................................................130
Adjusting the fax darkness...................................................................................................................131
Viewing a fax log...............................................................................................................................132
Blocking junk faxes.............................................................................................................................133
Holding faxes....................................................................................................................................134
Forwarding a fax................................................................................................................................135
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS
• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided
documents.
• Load an original document face-up. For multiple-
page documents, make sure to align the leading
edge before loading.
• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the
width of the paper that you are loading.
• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,
book pages, small items (such as postcards or
photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media
(such as magazine clippings).
• Place the document facedown in the corner with
the arrow.
126 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Fax
Sending a fax
USING THE CONTROL PANEL
1. Load the original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, select FFaaxx, then enter the needed information.
3. If necessary, configure other fax settings.
4. Fax the document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 127
Fax
Scheduling a fax
1. Load the original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, navigate to:
FFaaxx >TToo > enter the fax number > DDoonnee
3. Select SSeenndd TTiimmee to configure the date and time, then select DDoonnee.
If necessary, configure other fax settings.
4. Send the fax.
128 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Fax
Creating a fax destination shortcut
Note: You may need administrative rights to create a shortcut.
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated
by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SShhoorrttccuuttss >> AAdddd SShhoorrttccuutt.
3. From the Shortcut Type menu, select FFaaxx, then configure the settings.
4. Apply the changes.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 129
Fax
Changing the fax resolution
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, touch FFaaxx >> SSeettttiinnggss, then touch RReessoolluuttiioonn.
3. In the Resolution menu, select a setting.
4. Send the fax job.
130 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Fax
Adjusting the fax darkness
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, touch FFaaxx >> SSeettttiinnggss, then touch DDaarrkknneessss.
3. From the Darkness menu, adjust the setting.
4. Fax the document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 131
Fax
Viewing a fax log
Note: You may need administrative rights to view the fax logs.
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >FFaaxx.
3. Click FFaaxx JJoobb LLoogg or FFaaxx CCaallll LLoogg.
132 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Fax
Forwarding a fax
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
2. In the Fax Forwarding menu, select PPrriinntt aanndd FFoorrwwaarrdd or FFoorrwwaarrdd, then configure the "Forward to" and fax
destination settings.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 135
Fax
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 137
9
Scan
This chapter contains:
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . 138
Scanning to an FTP server ...................................................................................................................139
Creating an FTP shortcut.....................................................................................................................140
Scanning to a flash drive.....................................................................................................................141
Sending scanned documents to a computer .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... 142
Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS
• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided
documents.
• Load an original document faceup. For multiple-
page documents, make sure to align the leading
edge before loading.
• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the
width of the paper that you are loading.
• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,
book pages, small items (such as postcards or
photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media
(such as magazine clippings).
• Place the document facedown in the corner with
the arrow.
138 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Scan
Scanning to an FTP server
1. Load the original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, select FFTTPP, then enter the needed information.
For non-touch-screen printer models, press ##, then enter the shortcut number using the keypad.
3. If necessary, configure other FTP settings.
4. Scan the document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 139
Scan
Creating an FTP shortcut
Note: You may need administrative rights to create a shortcut.
1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SShhoorrttccuuttss >AAdddd SShhoorrttccuutt.
3. From the Shortcut Type menu, select FFTTPP, then configure the settings.
4. Apply the changes.
140 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Scan
Scanning to a flash drive
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. Insert the flash drive.
3. Select SSccaann ttoo UUSSBB and adjust the settings if necessary.
Note: If the USB Drive screen does not appear, then select UUSSBB DDrriivvee on the control panel.
4. Scan the document.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid loss of data or printer malfunction, do not touch the flash drive or the printer in the
area shown while actively printing, reading, or writing from the memory device.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 141
Scan
Sending scanned documents to a computer
1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.
2. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSccaann PPrrooffiilleess >SSccaann ttoo CCoommppuutteerr
3. Select the scan profile where you want to save the document.
142 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Scan
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 143
10
Use the Printer Menus
This chapter contains:
Menu map........................................................................................................................................144
Device .............................................................................................................................................146
Print ................................................................................................................................................167
Paper...............................................................................................................................................179
Copy................................................................................................................................................183
Fax..................................................................................................................................................188
E-mail..............................................................................................................................................199
FTP .................................................................................................................................................207
USB Drive.........................................................................................................................................213
Network/Ports ...................................................................................................................................221
Security............................................................................................................................................242
Reports ............................................................................................................................................258
Supplies Plan.....................................................................................................................................260
Address Book ....................................................................................................................................261
Bookmarks........................................................................................................................................263
Apps................................................................................................................................................265
Menu map
Office Products
DDeevviiccee •Preferences
•Eco-Mode
•Remote Operator Panel
•Notifications
•Power Management
•Accessibility
•Restore Factory Defaults
•Maintenance
•Home screen customization
•Site Map
•Software Update
•Remote Services Data Upload
•About this Printer
PPrriinntt Layout
•Setup
•Quality
•Job Accounting
•XPS
•PDF
•PostScript
•PCL
•HTML
•Image
PPaappeerr •Tray Configuration •Media Configuration
CCooppyy Copy Defaults
FFaaxx •Fax Mode •Fax Setup
EE--mmaaiill •E-mail Setup
•E-mail Defaults
•Web Link Setup
FFTTPP FTP Defaults
UUSSBB DDrriivvee •Flash Drive Scan •Flash Drive Print
NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss •Network Overview
•Wireless
•Wi-Fi Direct
•AirPrint
•Mobile Services Management
•Ethernet
•TCP/IP
•SNMP
•IPSec
•802.1x
•LPD Configuration
•HTTP/FTP Settings
•ThinPrint
•USB
•Restrict external network access
•Universal Print
SSeeccuurriittyy •Login Methods
•Certificate Management
•Schedule USB Devices
•Security Audit Log
•Login Restrictions
•Confidential Print Setup
•Disk Encryption
•Erase Temporary Data Files
•Solutions LDAP Settings
•Miscellaneous
144 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Device
PREFERENCES
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
DDiissppllaayy LLaanngguuaaggee
[List of languages]
Set the language of the text that appears on the
display.
CCoouunnttrryy//RReeggiioonn
[List of countries or regions]
Identify the country or region where the printer is
configured to operate.
RRuunn iinniittiiaall sseettuupp
On
Off*
Run the setup wizard.
KKeeyybbooaarrdd
Keyboard Type
[List of languages]
Select a language as a keyboard type.
• All the Keyboard Type values may not appear or
may require special hardware to appear.
• This menu item appears only in some printer
models.
DDiissppllaayyeedd iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn
Display Text 1 [IP Address*]
Display Text 2 [Date/Time*]
Custom Text 1
Custom Text 2
Specify the information to appear on the home screen.
Custom Text 1 and Custom Text 2 appear only in some
printer models.
DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee
Configure
Current Date and Time
Manually Set Date and Time
Date Format [MM-DD-YYYY*]
Time Format [12 hour A.M./P.M.*]
Time Zone [GMT*]
Configure the printer date and time.
DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee
Network Time Protocol
Enable NTP [On*]
NTP Server
Enable Authentication
Configure the settings for Network Time Protocol
(NTP).
• Enable Authentication appears only in some printer
models.
• When Enable Authentication is set to MD5 key, Key
ID and Password appear.
146 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPaappeerr SSiizzeess
U.S.*
Metric
Specify the unit of measurement for paper sizes.
The country or region selected in the initial setup
wizard determines the initial paper size setting.
SSccrreeeenn BBrriigghhttnneessss
20–100% (100*)
Adjust the brightness of the display.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
FFllaasshh DDrriivvee AAcccceessss
Enabled*
Disabled
Enable access to the flash drive.
AAllllooww BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall
On*
Off
Specify whether background removal is allowed.
OOnnee PPaaggee FFllaattbbeedd SSccaannnniinngg
On
Off*
Set copies from the scanner glass to only one page at
a time.
AAuuddiioo FFeeeeddbbaacckk
Button Feedback
On*
Off
Enable audio feedback for button presses, panel
interactions, paper loaded prompts, and error
notifications.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
AAuuddiioo FFeeeeddbbaacckk
Volume
1–10 (5*)
Adjust the volume of the printer speakers.
• Changes to the volume are applied after the
current user session ends.
• This menu item appears only in some printer
models.
DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss
MMuuttee AAllll SSoouunnddss
On
Off*
Disable and ignore all sound settings.
BBuuttttoonn FFeeeeddbbaacckk
On*
Off
Enable audio feedback for button presses, panel
interactions, paper loaded prompts, and error
notifications.
VVoolluummee
1–10 (5*)
Adjust the sound volume.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 147
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AADDFF LLooaaddeedd BBeeeepp
On*
Off
Enable a sound when loading paper into the ADF.
AAllaarrmm CCoonnttrrooll
Off
Single*
Continuous
Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when
the printer requires user intervention.
CCaarrttrriiddggee AAllaarrmm
Off
Single*
Continuous
Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when
the cartridge is low.
SSppeeaakkeerr MMooddee
Always Off
Always On*
On until connected
Set the speaker mode.
RRiinnggeerr VVoolluummee
On
Off*
Disable the ringer volume.
SSccrreeeenn TTiimmeeoouutt
5–300 (60*)
Set the idle time in seconds before the display shows
the home screen, or before the printer logs off a user
account automatically.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
ECO-MODE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt
Sides
1-Sided*
2-Sided
Specify whether to print on one side or two sides of the
paper.
PPrriinntt
Pages per Side
Print multiple page images on one side of a sheet of
paper.
148 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Off*
2 pages per side
3 pages per side
4 pages per side
6 pages per side
9 pages per side
12 pages per side
16 pages per side
PPrriinntt
Toner Darkness
Light
Normal*
Dark
Determine the lightness or darkness of text or images.
CCooppyy
Sides
1 sided to 1 sided*
1 sided to 2 sided
Specify whether to print on one side or both sides of
the paper.
CCooppyy
Pages per Side
Off*
2 Portrait pages
4 Portrait pages
2 Landscape pages
4 Landscape pages
Specify the number of page images to print on one
side of a sheet of paper.
CCooppyy
Darkness
1-9 (5*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 149
Use the Printer Menus
REMOTE OPERATOR PANEL
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EExxtteerrnnaall VVNNCC CCoonnnneeccttiioonn
Don’t Allow*
Allow
Connect an external Virtual Network Computing (VNC)
client to the remote control panel.
AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn TTyyppee
None*
Standard Authentication
Set the authentication type when accessing the VNC
client server.
When set to Standard Authentication, VNC Password
appears.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
NOTIFICATIONS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AADDFF LLooaaddeedd BBeeeepp
Off
On*
Enable a sound when loading paper into the ADF.
AAllaarrmm CCoonnttrrooll
Off
Single*
Continuous
Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when
the printer requires user intervention.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
SSuupppplliieess
Show Supply Estimates
Show estimates*
Do not show estimates
Show the estimated status of the supplies.
SSuupppplliieess
Cartridge Alarm
Off
Single*
Continuous
Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when
the toner cartridge is low.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Primary SMTP Gateway
Type the IP address or host name of the primary SMTP
server for sending e-mail.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
150 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Primary SMTP Gateway Port
1–65535 (25*)
Enter the port number of the primary SMTP server.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Secondary SMTP Gateway
Type the server IP address or host name of your
secondary or backup SMTP server.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Secondary SMTP Gateway Port
1–65535 (25*)
Enter the server port number of your secondary or
backup SMTP server.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
SMTP Timeout
5-30 seconds (30*)
Specify how long before the printer times out if the
SMTP server does not respond.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Reply Address
Specify a reply address in the e-mail.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Always use SMTP default Reply Address
Off*
On
Use the SMTP default Reply Address.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Use SSL/TLS
Disabled*
Negotiate
Required
Send an e-mail using an encrypted link.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Require a trusted certificate when accessing the SMTP
server.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 151
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Require Trusted Certificate
Off
On*
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
SMTP Server Authentication
No authentication required*
Login / Plain
NTLM
CRAM-MD5
Digest-MD5
Kerberos 5
Set the authentication type for the SMTP server.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Device-Initiated E-mail
None*
Use Device SMTP Credentials
Set whether credentials are required for device-initiated
e-mails.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
User-Initiated E-mail
None
Use Device SMTP Credentials
Use Session User ID and Password
Use Session E-mail address and Password*
Prompt user
Set whether credentials are required for user-initiated
e-mails.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Use Active Directory Device Credentials
Off
On*
Enable user credentials and group designations to
connect to the SMTP server.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp Specify the user ID to connect to the SMTP server.
152 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
E-mail Setup
Device Userid
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Device Password
Specify the password to connect to the SMTP server.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Kerberos 5 REALM
Specify the realm for the Kerberos 5 authentication
protocol.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
NTLM Domain
Specify the domain name for the NTLM security
protocol.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp
E-mail Setup
Disable “SMTP server not set up” error
Off*
On
Disable an SMTP setup error message to appear on the
display.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Jam Assist
Off
On*
Set the printer to flush blank pages or pages with
partial prints automatically after a jammed page has
been cleared.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Continue
Off
On* (5 seconds)
Range: 5–255 seconds
Let the printer continue processing or printing a job
automatically after clearing certain printer conditions
that require user intervention.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Reboot
Auto Reboot
Reboot when idle
Reboot always*
Reboot never
Set the printer to restart when an error occurs.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 153
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Reboot
Max Auto Reboots
1–20 (2*)
Set the number of automatic reboots that the printer
can perform.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Reboot
Auto Reboot Window
1–525600 (720*)
Set the number of seconds before the printer performs
an automatic reboot.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Reboot
Auto Reboot Counter
Show a read-only information of the reboot counter.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Auto Reboot
Reset Auto Reboot Counter
Cancel
Continue
Reset Auto Reboot Counter.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Display Short Paper Error
On
Auto-clear*
Set the printer to show a message when a short paper
error occurs.
Short paper refers to the size of the paper loaded.
EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn
Page Protect
Off*
On
Set the printer to process the entire page into the
memory before printing it.
JJaamm CCoonntteenntt RReeccoovveerryy
Jam Recovery
Off
On
Auto*
Set the printer to reprint jammed pages.
154 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
JJaamm CCoonntteenntt RReeccoovveerryy
Scanner Jam Recovery
Job level
Page level*
Specify how to restart a scan job after resolving a
paper jam.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
POWER MANAGEMENT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSlleeeepp MMooddee PPrrooffiillee
Print with Display Off
Display on when printing
Allow printing with display off*
Allow printing with the display turned off.
TTiimmeeoouuttss
Sleep Mode
1–120 minutes (15*)
Set the idle time before the printer begins operating in
Sleep mode.
TTiimmeeoouuttss
Hibernate Timeout
Disabled
1 hour
2 hours
3 hours
6 hours
1 day
2 days
3 days*
1 week
2 weeks
1 month
Set the time before the printer enters Hibernate mode.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 155
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TTiimmeeoouuttss
Hibernate Timeout on Connection
Hibernate
Do Not Hibernate*
Set the printer to Hibernate mode even when an active
Ethernet connection exists.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
ACCESSIBILITY
Note: This menu appears only in some printer models.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
DDuupplliiccaattee KKeeyy SSttrriikkee IInntteerrvvaall
0–5 (0*)
Set the interval in seconds during which the printer
ignores duplicate key presses on an attached keyboard.
KKeeyy RReeppeeaatt IInniittiiaall DDeellaayy
0.25–5 (1*)
Set the initial length of delay in seconds before a
repeating key starts repeating.
This menu item appears only when a keyboard is
attached to the printer.
KKeeyy RReeppeeaatt RRaattee
0.5–30 (30*)
Set the number of presses per second for a repeating
key.
This menu item appears only when a keyboard is
attached to the printer.
PPrroolloonngg SSccrreeeenn TTiimmeeoouutt
Off*
On
Let the user remain in the same location and reset the
Screen Timeout timer when it expires instead of
returning to the home screen.
SSppeeaakk PPaasssswwoorrddss//PPIINNss
Off*
On
Set the printer to read out loud passwords or personal
identification numbers.
This menu item appears only when a headphone or a
speaker is attached to the printer.
156 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSppeeeecchh RRaattee
Very Slow
Slow
Normal*
Fast
Faster
Very Fast
Rapid
Very Rapid
Fastest
Set the Voice Guidance speech rate.
This menu item appears only when a headphone or a
speaker is attached to the printer.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
RESTORE FACTORY DEFAULTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
RReessttoorree SSeettttiinnggss
Restore all settings
Restore printer settings
Restore network settings
Restore app settings
Restore fax settings
Restore the printer factory default settings.
Restore app settings appears only in some printer
models.
MAINTENANCE
Configuration Menu
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
UUSSBB CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
USB PnP
1*
2
Change the USB driver mode of the printer to improve
its compatibility with a personal computer.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
UUSSBB SSccaann ttoo LLooccaall Set whether the USB device driver enumerates as a
USB Simple device (single interface) or as a USB
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 157
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
On*
Off
Composite device (multiple interfaces).
UUSSBB CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
USB Speed
Full
Auto*
Set the USB port to run at full speed and disable its
high-speed capabilities.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Tray Linking
Automatic*
Off
Set the printer to link the trays that have the same
paper type and paper size settings.
TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Show Tray Insert Message
Off*
On
Note: Show the Tray Insert message.
TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Paper Prompts
Auto*
Multipurpose Feeder
Manual Paper
Envelope Prompts
Auto*
Multipurpose Feeder
Manual Paper
Set the paper source that the user fills when a prompt
to load paper or envelope appears.
• The multipurpose feeder is available only in some
printer models.
• For Multipurpose Feeder to appear, set Configure
MP to Cassette from the Paper menu.
TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Action for Prompts
Prompt user*
Continue
Use current
Set the printer to resolve paper- or envelope-related
change prompts.
RReeppoorrttss
Menu Settings Page
Event Log
Print reports about printer menu settings, status, and
event logs.
158 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Event Log Summary
SSuuppppllyy UUssaaggee aanndd CCoouunntteerrss
Clear Supply Usage History
Reset the supply usage history, such as number of
pages and days remaining, to the factory shipped level.
SSuuppppllyy UUssaaggee aanndd CCoouunntteerrss
ITM Reset
Reset the counter after installing a new supply.
SSuuppppllyy UUssaaggee aanndd CCoouunntteerrss
Tiered Coverage Ranges
Adjust the range for the amount of color coverage on
the printed page.
PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss
PPDS Emulation
Off*
On
Set the printer to recognize and use the PPDS data
stream.
PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss
PS Emulation
Off
On*
Set the printer to recognize and use the PS data
stream.
PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss
Emulator Security
Page Timeout
0–60 (60*)
Set the page timeout during emulation.
PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss
Emulator Security
Reset Emulator After Job (Off*)
Reset the emulator after a print job.
PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss
Emulator Security
Disable Printer Message Access (On*)
Disable access to the printer message during
emulation.
FFaaxx CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Fax Low Power Support
Disable Sleep
Permit Sleep
Auto*
Set fax to enter Sleep mode whenever the printer
determines that it should.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 159
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFaaxx CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Fax Storage Location
Disk
Nand*
Set the storage location for all faxes.
PPrriinntt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Black Only Mode
Off*
On
Print color content in grayscale.
PPrriinntt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Color Trapping
Off
1
2*
3
4
5
Enhance the printed output to compensate for
misregistration in the printer.
PPrriinntt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Font Sharpening
0–150 (24*)
Set a text point-size value below which the high-
frequency screens are used when printing font data.
For example, if the value is 24, then all fonts sized 24
points or less use the high-frequency screens.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Quiet Mode
Off*
On
Set the printer to operate in Quiet Mode.
Enabling this setting slows down the printer
performance.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Panel Menus
Off
On*
Enable access to the control panel menus.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Safe Mode
Off*
On
Set the printer to operate in a special mode, in which it
attempts to continue offering as much functionality as
possible, despite known issues.
For example, when set to On, and the duplex motor is
nonfunctional, the printer performs one-sided printing
160 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
of the documents even if the job is two-sided printing.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Minimum Copy Memory
80 MB*
100 MB
Set the minimum memory allocation for storing copy
jobs.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Clear Custom Status
Erase user-defined strings for the Default or Alternate
custom messages.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Clear all remotely-installed messages
Erase messages that were remotely installed.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Automatically Display Error Screens
Off
On*
Show existing error messages on the display after the
printer remains inactive on the home screen for a
length of time equal to the Screen Timeout setting.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Honor orientation on fast path copy
On
Off*
Enable the printer to use the orientation setting under
the Copy menu when sending quick copy jobs.
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss
Enable Optional Parallel Port
Off*
On
Enable an optional parallel port.
When set to On, the printer restarts.
TToonneerr ppaattcchh sseennssoorr sseettuupp
Calibration frequency preference
Disabled
Fewest color adjustment
Fewer color adjustment
Normal*
Better color accuracy
Best color accuracy
Set the printer to put down the correct amount of
toner to maintain color consistency.
TToonneerr ppaattcchh sseennssoorr sseettuupp
Full calibration
Run the full color calibration.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 161
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TToonneerr ppaattcchh sseennssoorr sseettuupp
Print TPS information page
Print a diagnostic page that contains information on
toner patch sensor calibration.
AApppp CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
LES Applications
Off
On*
Enable the Xerox Embedded Solutions (LES)
applications.
• This menu item is available only in some printer
models.
• When set to On, this setting does not affect built-in
applications.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Scanner Manual Registration
Print Quick Test
Print a Quick Test target page.
Make sure that the margin spacing on the target page
is uniform all the way around the target. If it is not,
then the printer margins may need to be reset.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Scanner Manual Registration
Front ADF Registration
Rear ADF Registration
Flatbed Registration
Manually register the flatbed and ADF after replacing
the ADF, scanner glass, or controller board.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Edge Erase
Flatbed Edge Erase
0–6 (3*)
ADF Edge Erase
0–6 (3*)
Set the size, in millimeters, of the no-print area around
an ADF or flatbed scan job.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
ADF Deskew
ADF Mechanical Deskew
Off
On
Auto*
Set the printer to perform ADF mechanical skew
adjustment.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Disabled Scanner
Enabled*
Disabled
Disable the scanner when it is not working properly.
162 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
ADF Disabled
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Tiff Byte Order
CPU Endianness*
Little Endian
Big Endian
Set the byte order of a TIFF-formatted scan output.
SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Exact Tiff Rows Per Strip
On*
Off
Set the RowsPerStrip tag value of a TIFF-formatted
scan output.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Out of Service Erase
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
OOuutt ooff SSeerrvviiccee EErraassee
Memory Last Sanitized
Hard Disk Last Sanitized
Show information on when the printer memory or hard
disk was last sanitized.
Hard Disk Last Sanitized appears only in printers with a
hard disk installed.
OOuutt ooff SSeerrvviiccee EErraassee
Sanitize all information on nonvolatile memory
Sanitize all information on hard disk
Erase all printer and network settings
Clear all settings and applications that are stored in the
printer memory or hard disk.
Sanitize all information on hard disk appears only in
printers with a hard disk installed.
VISIBLE HOME SCREEN ICONS
Note: This menu appears only in some printer models.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 163
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Copy
E-mail
Fax
Status/Supplies
Job Queue
Change Language
Shortcut Center
Address Book
Bookmarks
Held Jobs
USB
FTP
Scan Profiles
App Profiles
Forms and Favorites
Scan Center
Card Copy
Specify which icons to show on the home screen.
HOME SCREEN CUSTOMIZATION
Home Screen Customization menu provides drag and drop option to reorder or move icons between pages in home
screen. Page 1 of the home screen can only have up to [''] icons.
SITE MAP
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Helpful Links
• Home Page
• Order Supplies
• Technical Support
• Registration
• Utilities and Drivers
• Printer Manuals
The Helpful Links page provides direct links to Web
pages on www.xerox.com. These links provide you
with helpful information for your printer.
Site Index The site index provides links to all of the pages in the
Embedded Web Server.
164 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
SOFTWARE UPDATE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSttaattuuss
Current Version: Click CChheecckk NNooww to verify the current
version of the software.
RReemmoottee SSeerrvviicceess PPoolliicciieess
Allow device to receive updates
• Yes (check box is selected)
• No (check box is cleared)
• Daily Check Time
– Hour
– Minute
• Installation Schedule
– Automatic
– Daily
– Weekly
• Time
– Hour
– Minute
UUppllooaadd aa SSooffttwwaarree FFiillee
To locate the software file to upload, click BBrroowwssee then
navigate to the folder where the software file is
located. Click UUppllooaadd or RReesseett.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 165
Use the Printer Menus
REMOTE SERVICES DATA UPLOAD
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSttaattuuss
• Last Upload
• Next Upload
Current Version: Click CChheecckk NNooww to verify the current
version of the software.
Last Upload indicates the date and time that the last
upload occurred.
Next Upload indicates date and time for the next
scheduled upload.
To download the information from the last upload, click
DDoowwnnllooaadd DDaattaa.
To upload a scheduled file immediately, click UUppllooaadd
NNooww.
RReemmoottee SSeerrvviicceess SSeettttiinnggss
Allow Data Upload
• Allow Data Upload
– Yes (check box is selected)
– No (check box is cleared)
• Test Connection
ABOUT THIS PRINTER
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
XXeerrooxx AAsssseett TTaagg The maximum length is 32 characters.
Customer Asset Tag Describe the printer. The maximum length is 32
characters.
PPrriinntteerr LLooccaattiioonn Identify the printer location. The maximum length is
63 characters.
CCoonnttaacctt Personalize the printer name. The maximum length is
63 characters.
EExxppoorrtt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn FFiillee ttoo UUSSBB** Export configuration files to a flash drive.
EExxppoorrtt CCoommpprreesssseedd LLooggss ttoo UUSSBB** Export compressed log files to a flash drive.
*This menu item appears only in some printer models.
166 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Print
LAYOUT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSiiddeess
1-sided*
2-sided
Specify whether to print on one side or two sides of the
paper.
FFlliipp SSttyyllee
Long Edge*
Short Edge
Determine which side of the paper (long edge or short
edge) is bound when performing two-sided printing.
Depending on the option selected, the printer
automatically offsets each printed information of the
page to bind the job correctly.
BBllaannkk PPaaggeess
Print
Do Not Print*
Print blank pages that are included in a print job.
CCoollllaattee
Off [1,1,1,2,2,2]*
On [1,2,1,2,1,2]
Keep the pages of a print job stacked in sequence,
particularly when printing multiple copies of the job.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss
None*
Between Copies
Between Jobs
Between Pages
Insert blank separator sheets when printing.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
Multipurpose Feeder
Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.
The multipurpose feeder is available only in some
printer models.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee
Off*
2 pages per side
3 pages per side
4 pages per side
6 pages per side
9 pages per side
Print multiple page images on one side of a sheet of
paper.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 167
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
12 pages per side
16 pages per side
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrrddeerriinngg
Horizontal*
Reverse Horizontal
Vertical
Reverse Vertical
Specify the positioning of multiple page images when
using Pages per Side.
The positioning depends on the number of page
images and their page orientation.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Auto*
Landscape
Portrait
Specify the orientation of a multiple-page document
when using Pages per Side.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee BBoorrddeerr
None*
Solid
Print a border around each page image when using
Pages per Side.
CCooppiieess
1–9999 (1*)
Specify the number of copies for each print job.
PPrriinntt AArreeaa
Normal*
Fit to page
Whole Page
Set the printable area on a sheet of paper.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
SETUP
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntteerr LLaanngguuaaggee
PCL Emulation
PS Emulation*
Set the printer language.
Setting a printer language default does not prevent a
software program from sending print jobs that use
another printer language.
JJoobb WWaaiittiinngg
Off*
Preserve print jobs requiring supplies so that jobs not
requiring the missing supplies can print.
This menu item appears only when a printer hard disk
168 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
On is installed.
JJoobb HHoolldd TTiimmeeoouutt
0–255 (30*)
Set the time in seconds that the printer waits for user
intervention before it holds jobs that require
unavailable resources and continues to print other jobs
in the print queue.
This menu item appears only when a printer hard disk
is installed.
PPrriinntteerr UUssaaggee
Max Speed
Max Yield*
Determine how the color imaging kit operates during
printing.
• When set to Max Yield, the color imaging kit slows
or stops while printing groups of black-only pages.
• When set to Max Speed, the color imaging kit
always runs while printing, whether color or black
pages are being printed.
DDoowwnnllooaadd TTaarrggeett
RAM*
Disk
Specify where to save all permanent resources, such as
fonts and macros, that have been downloaded to the
printer.
This menu item appears only when a printer hard disk
is installed.
RReessoouurrccee SSaavvee
Off*
On
Determine what the printer does with downloaded
resources, such as fonts and macros, when it receives a
job that requires more than the available memory.
• When set to Off, the printer retains downloaded
resources only until memory is needed. Resources
associated with the inactive printer language are
deleted.
• When set to On, the printer preserves all the
permanent downloaded resources across all
language switches. When necessary, the printer
shows memory full messages instead of deleting
permanent resources.
PPrriinntt AAllll OOrrddeerr
Alphabetical*
Newest First
Oldest First
Specify the order when you choose to print all held and
confidential jobs.
This menu item appears only when a printer hard disk
is installed.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 169
Use the Printer Menus
QUALITY
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt MMooddee
Black and White
Color*
Set the print mode.
PPrriinntt RReessoolluuttiioonn
4800 CQ*
1200 dpi
Set the resolution for the printed output.
4800 CQ provides high-quality output at maximum
speed.
TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss
1 to 5 (4*)
Determine the lightness or darkness of text images.
HHaallffttoonnee
Normal*
Detail
Enhance the printed output to have smoother lines
with sharper edges.
CCoolloorr SSaavveerr
Off*
On
Reduce the amount of toner used to print graphics and
images.
RRGGBB BBrriigghhttnneessss
-6 to 6 (0*)
Adjust the brightness, contrast, and saturation for color
output.
This setting does not affect files where CMYK color
specifications are used.
RRGGBB CCoonnttrraasstt
0 to 5 (0*)
RRGGBB SSaattuurraattiioonn
0 to 5 (0*)
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee
Cyan
-5 to 5 (0*)
Magenta
-5 to 5 (0*)
Yellow
-5 to 5 (0*)
Black
-5 to 5 (0*)
Adjust the amount of toner that is used for each color.
170 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Reset Defaults
CCoolloorr CCoorrrreeccttiioonn
Off
Auto*
Manual
CCoolloorr CCoorrrreeccttiioonn CCoonntteenntt
Modify the color settings used to print documents.
• Off sets the printer to receive the color correction
from the software.
• Auto sets the printer to apply different color profiles
to each object on the printed page.
• Manual allows the customization of the RGB or
CMYK color conversions applied to each object on
the printed page.
• Color Correction Content is available only when
Color Correction is set to Manual.
CCoolloorr SSaammpplleess
Print Color Samples
Print sample pages for each of the RGB and CMYK
color conversion tables used in the printer.
CCoolloorr AAddjjuusstt Calibrate the printer to adjust color variations in the
printed output.
SSppoott CCoolloorr RReeppllaacceemmeenntt
Set Custom CMYK
Assign specific CMYK values to twenty named spot
colors
SSppoott CCoolloorr RReeppllaacceemmeenntt
Set Custom CMYK
Assign specific CMYK values to twenty named spot
colors.
RRGGBB RReeppllaacceemmeenntt Match the colors of the output with that of the original
document.
• This menu item requires that you select the
Display-True-Black color table.
• This menu item appears only in the Embedded
Web Server.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
JOB ACCOUNTING
Note: This menu appears only when a printer hard disk is installed.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
JJoobb AAccccoouunnttiinngg
Off*
On
Set the printer to create a log of the print jobs that it
receives.
AAccccoouunnttiinngg LLoogg FFrreeqquueennccyy Specify how often the printer creates a log file.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 171
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Daily
Weekly
Monthly*
LLoogg AAccttiioonn aatt EEnndd ooff FFrreeqquueennccyy
None*
E-mail Current Log
E-mail & Delete Current Log
Post Current Log
Post & Delete Current Log
Specify how the printer responds when the frequency
threshold expires.
The value defined in Accounting Log Frequency
determines when this action is triggered.
LLoogg NNeeaarr FFuullll LLeevveell
Off*
On
Specify the maximum size of the log file before the
printer executes the Log Action at Near Full.
LLoogg AAccttiioonn aatt NNeeaarr FFuullll
None*
E-mail Current Log
E-mail & Delete Current Log
E-mail & Delete Oldest Log
Post Current Log
Post & Delete Current Log
Post & Delete Oldest Log
Delete Current Log
Delete Oldest Log
Delete All But Current
Delete All Logs
Specify how the printer responds when the hard disk is
nearly full.
The value defined in Log Near Full Level determines
when this action is triggered.
LLoogg AAccttiioonn aatt FFuullll
None*
E-mail & Delete Current Log
E-mail & Delete Oldest Log
Post & Delete Current Log
Post & Delete Oldest Log
Delete Current Log
Specify how the printer responds when disk usage
reaches the maximum limit (100MB).
172 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Delete Oldest Log
Delete All But Current
Delete All Logs
UURRLL ttoo PPoosstt LLoogg Specify where the printer posts job accounting logs.
EE--mmaaiill AAddddrreessss ttoo SSeenndd LLooggss Specify the e-mail address to which the printer sends
job accounting logs.
LLoogg FFiillee PPrreeffiixx Specify the prefix for the log file name.
The current host name defined in the TCP/IP menu is
used as the default log file prefix.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
XPS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt EErrrroorr PPaaggeess
Off*
On
Print a test page that contains information on errors,
including XML markup errors.
MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh
1–30 (2*)
Set the minimum stroke width.
• Jobs printed in 1200 dpi use the value directly.
• Jobs printed in 4800 CQ use half the value.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 173
Use the Printer Menus
PDF
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSccaallee ttoo FFiitt
Off*
On
Scale the page content to fit the selected paper size.
AAnnnnoottaattiioonnss
Print
Do Not Print*
Specify whether to print annotations in the PDF.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
POSTSCRIPT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt PPSS EErrrroorr
Off*
On
Print a page that describes the PostScript®error.
When an error occurs, processing of the job stops, the
printer prints an error message, and the rest of the
print job is flushed.
MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh
1–30 (2*)
Set the minimum stroke width.
• Jobs printed in 1200 dpi use the value directly.
• Jobs printed in 4800 CQ use half the value.
LLoocckk PPSS SSttaarrttuupp MMooddee
Off*
On
Disable the SysStart file.
IImmaaggee SSmmooootthhiinngg
Off*
On
Enhance the contrast and sharpness of low-resolution
images.
This setting has no effect on images with a resolution
of 300 dpi or higher.
FFoonntt PPrriioorriittyy
Resident*
Flash/Disk
Establish the font search order.
• Resident sets the printer to search its memory for
the requested font before searching the flash
memory or printer hard disk.
• Flash/Disk sets the printer to search the flash
memory or printer hard disk for the requested font
before searching the printer memory.
• This menu item appears only when a flash memory
or printer hard disk is installed.
174 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
WWaaiitt TTiimmeeoouutt
Off
On* (40 seconds)
Set the printer to wait for more data before canceling a
print job.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
PCL
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFoonntt SSoouurrccee
Resident*
Disk
Flash
All
Choose the source which contains the default font
selection.
• Flash and Disk appear only in some printer models.
• For Flash and Disk to appear, make sure that they
are not read- or write-protected.
FFoonntt NNaammee
[List of available fonts] (Courier*)
Select a font from the specified font source.
SSyymmbbooll SSeett
[List of available symbol set] (10U PC-8*)
Specify the symbol set for each font name.
A symbol set is a set of alphabetic and numeric
characters, punctuation, and special symbols. Symbol
sets support the different languages or specific
programs such as math symbols for scientific text.
PPiittcchh
0.08–100 (10*)
Specify the pitch for fixed or monospaced fonts.
Pitch refers to the number of fixed-space characters in
a horizontal inch of type.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Landscape
Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the
page.
LLiinneess ppeerr PPaaggee
1–255
Specify the number of lines of text for each page
printed through the PCL®datastream.
• This menu item activates vertical escapement that
causes the selected number of requested lines to
print between the default margins of the page.
• 60 is the U.S. factory default setting. 64 is the
international factory default setting.
PPCCLL55 MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh Set the initial minimum stroke width.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 175
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
1–30 (2*) • Jobs printed in 1200 dpi use the value directly.
• Jobs printed in 4800CQ use half the value.
PPCCLLXXLL MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh
1–30 (2*)
AA44 WWiiddtthh
198mm*
203mm
Set the width of the logical page on A4-size paper.
Logical page is the space on the physical page where
data is printed.
AAuuttoo CCRR aafftteerr LLFF
Off*
On
Set the printer to perform a carriage return after a line
feed control command.
Carriage return is a mechanism that commands the
printer to move the position of the cursor to the first
position on the same line.
AAuuttoo LLFF aafftteerr CCRR
Off*
On
Set the printer to perform a line feed after a carriage
return control command.
TTrraayy RReennuummbbeerr
Assign MP Feeder
Assign Tray [x]
Assign Manual Paper
Assign Manual Envelope
Configure the printer to work with a different print
driver or custom application that uses a different set of
source assignments to request a given paper source.
Choose from the following options:
Off*—The printer uses the factory default paper source
assignments.
None—The paper source ignores the Select Paper Feed
command.
0–199—Select a numeric value to assign a custom
value to a paper source.
The multipurpose feeder is available only in some
printer models.
TTrraayy RReennuummbbeerr
View Factory Defaults
Show the factory default value assigned for each paper
source.
TTrraayy RReennuummbbeerr
Restore Defaults
Restore the tray renumber values to their factory
defaults.
176 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriinntt TTiimmeeoouutt
Off
On* [90]
Set the printer to end a print job after it has been idle
for the specified amount of time in seconds.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
HTML
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFoonntt NNaammee
[List of fonts] (Times*)
Set the font to use for HTML documents.
FFoonntt SSiizzee
1–255 (12*)
Set the font size to use for HTML documents.
SSccaallee
1–400% (100*)
Scale HTML documents.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Landscape
Set the page orientation for HTML documents.
MMaarrggiinn SSiizzee
8–255mm (19*)
Set the page margin for HTML documents.
BBaacckkggrroouunnddss
Do Not Print
Print*
Print background information or graphics for HTML
documents.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
IMAGE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAuuttoo FFiitt
On
Off*
Select the best available paper size and orientation
setting for an image.
When set to On, this menu item overrides the scaling
and orientation settings for the image.
IInnvveerrtt Invert bitonal monochrome images.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 177
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Off*
On
This menu item does not apply to GIF or JPEG image
formats.
SSccaalliinngg
Anchor Top Left
Best Fit*
Anchor Center
Fit Height/Width
Fit Height
Fit Width
Adjust the image to fit the printable area.
When Auto Fit is set to On, Scaling is automatically set
to Best Fit.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Landscape
Reverse Portrait
Reverse Landscape
Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the
page.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
178 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Paper
TRAY CONFIGURATION
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
DDeeffaauulltt SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
Multipurpose Feeder
Manual Paper
Manual Envelope
Set the paper source for all print jobs.
Multipurpose Feeder only appears when Configure MP
is set to Cassette.
PPaappeerr SSiizzee//TTyyppee
Tray [x]
Multipurpose Feeder
Manual Paper
Manual Envelope
Specify the paper size or paper type loaded in each
paper source.
SSuubbssttiittuuttee SSiizzee
Off
Statement/A5
Letter/A4
All Listed*
Set the printer to substitute a specified paper size if the
requested size is not loaded in any paper source.
• Off prompts the user to load the required paper
size.
• Statement/A5 prints an A5-size document on
statement when loading statement, and
statement-size jobs on A5 paper size when loading
A5.
• Letter/A4 prints an A4-size document on letter
when loading letter, and letter-size jobs on A4
paper size when loading A4.
• All Listed Substitutes Letter/A4.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 179
Use the Printer Menus
MEDIA CONFIGURATION
Universal Setup
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
UUnniittss ooff MMeeaassuurree
Inches
Millimeters
Specify the unit of measurement for the universal
paper.
Inches is the U.S. factory default setting. Millimeters is
the international factory default setting.
PPoorrttrraaiitt WWiiddtthh
3–14.17inches (8.50*)
76–359.91mm (216*)
Set the portrait width of the universal paper.
PPoorrttrraaiitt HHeeiigghhtt
3–14.17inches (14*)
76–359.91mm (356*)
Set the portrait height of the universal paper.
FFeeeedd DDiirreeccttiioonn
Short Edge*
Long Edge
Set the printer to pick paper from the short edge or
long edge direction.
Long Edge appears only when the longest edge is
shorter than the maximum width supported.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
180 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Custom Scan Sizes
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCuussttoomm SSccaann SSiizzee [[xx]]
Scan Size Name
Width
1–8.50inches (8.50*)
25–216mm (216*)
Height
1–14inches (14*)
25–356mm (297*)
Orientation
Portrait*
Landscape
2 scans per side
Off*
On
Assign a scan size name and configure the scan
settings.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 181
Use the Printer Menus
Media Types
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Plain
Card Stock
Recycled
Glossy
Labels
Vinyl Labels
Bond
Envelope
Letterhead
Preprinted
Colored Paper
Light
Heavy
Rough/Cotton
Custom Type [x]
Specify the texture and weight of the paper loaded.
182 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Copy
COPY DEFAULTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee
Text
Text/Photo*
Photo
Graphics
Improve the output result based on the content of the
original document.
CCoonntteenntt SSoouurrccee
Black and White Laser
Color Laser*
Inkjet
Photo/Film
Magazine
Newspaper
Press
Other
Improve the output result based on the source of the
original document.
SSiiddeess
1 sided to 1 sided*
1 sided to 2 sided
2 sided to 1 sided
2 sided to 2 sided
Specify the scanning behavior based on the original
document.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss
None*
Between Copies
Between Jobs
Between Pages
Specify whether to insert blank separator sheets when
printing.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
Multipurpose Feeder
Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.
CCoolloorr Specify whether to print copies in color.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 183
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Off
On*
Auto
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee
Off*
2 Portrait pages
4 Portrait pages
2 Landscape pages
4 Landscape pages
Specify the number of page images to print on one
side of a sheet of paper.
PPrriinntt PPaaggee BBoorrddeerrss
Off*
On
Place a border around each image when printing
multiple pages on a single page.
CCoollllaattee
Off [1,1,1,2,2,2]
On [1,2,1,2,1,2]*
Print multiple copies in sequence.
““CCooppyy ffrroomm”” SSiizzee
[List of paper sizes]
Set the paper size of the original document.
• Letter is the U.S. factory default setting. A4 is the
international factory default setting.
• This menu item may vary depending on your
printer model.
““CCooppyy ttoo”” SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
Multipurpose Feeder
Auto Size Match
Specify the paper source for the copy job.
TTeemmppeerraattuurree
-4 to 4 (0*)
Specify whether to generate a cooler or warmer output.
DDaarrkknneessss
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
NNuummbbeerr ooff CCooppiieess
1–9999 (1*)
Specify the number of copies.
HHeeaaddeerr//FFooootteerr
Top left
Apply a header or footer on the printed output.
184 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Top middle
Top right
Bottom left
Bottom middle
Bottom right
OOvveerrllaayy
Confidential
Copy
Draft
Urgent
Custom
Off*
Specify the overlay text printed on each page of the
copy job.
CCuussttoomm oovveerrllaayy Type a custom overlay text.
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of toner being used in each color.
CCoolloorr DDrrooppoouutt
None*
Red
Green
Blue
DDeeffaauulltt RReedd TThhrreesshhoolldd
0–255 (128*)
DDeeffaauulltt GGrreeeenn TThhrreesshhoolldd
0–255 (128*)
DDeeffaauulltt BBlluuee TThhrreesshhoolldd
0–255 (128*)
Specify which color to drop during scanning, and adjust
the dropout setting for that color.
AAuuttoo CCoolloorr DDeetteecctt
Color Sensitivity
1–9 (5*)
Set the amount of color that the printer detects from
the original document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 185
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Area Sensitivity
1–9 (5*)
CCoonnttrraasstt
Best for Content*
0
1
2
3
4
5
Specify the contrast of the output.
BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall
Background Detection
Content-based*
Fixed
Level
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned
image.
If you want to remove the background color from the
original document, then set Background Detection to
Content-based. If you want to remove image noise
from a photo, then set Background Detection to Fixed.
AAuuttoo CCeenntteerr
Off*
On
Align the content at the center of the page.
MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggee
Off*
On
Create a mirror image of the original document.
NNeeggaattiivvee IImmaaggee
Off*
On
Create a negative image of the original document.
SShhaaddooww DDeettaaiill
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a
scanned image.
SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee
Off*
On
Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.
SShhaarrppnneessss Adjust the sharpness of a scanned image.
186 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
1–5 (3*)
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
Menu item Description
AAllllooww CCoolloorr CCooppiieess
Off
On*
Print copies in color.
AAllllooww PPrriioorriittyy CCooppiieess
Off
On*
Interrupt a print job to copy a page or document.
CCuussttoomm JJoobb SSccaannnniinngg
Off*
On
Turn on scanning of custom jobs by default.
AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt
Off
On*
Save custom copy settings as shortcuts.
SSaammppllee CCooppyy Print a sample copy.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 187
Use the Printer Menus
Fax
FAX MODE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFaaxx MMooddee
Fax Server
Disabled
Select a fax mode.
* Indicates the default value.
FAX SETUP
General Fax Settings
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFaaxx NNaammee Identify your fax machine.
FFaaxx NNuummbbeerr Identify your fax number.
FFaaxx IIDD
Fax Name
Fax Number*
Notify fax recipients of your fax name or fax number.
MMeemmoorryy UUssee
All receive
Mostly receive
Equal*
Mostly send
All send
Set the amount of internal printer memory allocated
for faxing.
This menu item prevents memory buffer conditions
and failed faxes.
CCaanncceell FFaaxxeess
Allow*
Don't Allow
Cancel outgoing faxes before they are transmitted, or
cancel incoming faxes before they finish printing.
CCaalllleerr IIDD
Off
On*
Alternate
Show the telephone number of the person sending the
fax.
FFaaxx NNuummbbeerr MMaasskkiinngg Specify the format for masking an outgoing fax
188 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Off*
From Left
From Right
number.
DDiiggiittss ttoo MMaasskk
0–58 (0*)
Specify the number of digits to mask in an outgoing
fax number.
EEnnaabbllee LLiinnee CCoonnnneecctteedd DDeetteeccttiioonn
Off
On*
Determine whether a telephone line is connected to
the printer.
• Detection takes place when turning on the printer
and before each call.
• This menu item does not appear if Fax Transport is
set to T.38.
OOppttiimmiizzee FFaaxx CCoommppaattiibbiilliittyy Configure the printer fax functionality for optimal
compatibility with other fax machines.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Fax Send Settings
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
RReessoolluuttiioonn
Standard*
Fine
Super Fine
Ultra Fine
Set the resolution of the scanned image.
A higher resolution increases fax transmission time and
requires higher memory.
OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee
[List of paper sizes]
Specify the size of the original document.
Mixed Sizes is the U.S. factory default setting. A4 is the
international factory default setting.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Landscape
Specify the orientation of the original document.
SSiiddeess
Off*
Long Edge
Short Edge
Specify the page orientation of text and graphics when
scanning a two-sided document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 189
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee
Text*
Text/Photo
Photo
Graphics
Improve the output result based on the content of the
original document.
CCoonntteenntt SSoouurrccee
Black and White Laser*
Color Laser
Inkjet
Photo/Film
Magazine
Newspaper
Press
Other
Improve the output result based on the source of the
original document.
DDaarrkknneessss
1 to 9 (5*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
BBeehhiinndd aa PPAABBXX
Off*
On
Set the printer to dial a fax number without waiting to
recognize the dial tone.
Private Automated Branch Exchange (PABX) is a
telephone network that allows a single access number
to offer multiple lines to outside callers.
DDiiaall MMooddee
Tone*
Pulse
Specify the dial mode for incoming or outgoing faxes.
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee
1 to 9 (5*)
Adjust the amount of toner used for each color.
CCoolloorr DDrrooppoouutt
None*
Red
Green
Blue
Specify which color to drop during scanning, and adjust
the dropout setting for that color.
190 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
DDeeffaauulltt RReedd TThhrreesshhoolldd
0–255 (128*)
DDeeffaauulltt GGrreeeenn TThhrreesshhoolldd
0–255 (128*)
DDeeffaauulltt BBlluuee TThhrreesshhoolldd
0–255 (128*)
CCoonnttrraasstt
Best for Content*
Set the contrast of the output.
BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall
Background Detection
Content-based*
Fixed
Level
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned
image.
If you want to remove the background color from the
original document, then set Background Detection to
Content-based. If you want to remove image noise
from a photo, then set Background Detection to Fixed.
MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggee
Off*
On
Create a mirror image of the original document.
NNeeggaattiivvee IImmaaggee
Off*
On
Create a negative image of the original document.
SShhaaddooww DDeettaaiill
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a
scanned image.
SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee
Off*
On
Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.
SShhaarrppnneessss
1–5 (3*)
Adjust the sharpness of the scanned image.
TTeemmppeerraattuurree
-4 to 4 (0*)
Specify whether to generate a cooler or warmer output.
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
AAuuttoommaattiicc RReeddiiaall Adjust the number of redial attempts based on the
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 191
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
0–9 (5*) activity levels of recipient fax machines.
RReeddiiaall FFrreeqquueennccyy
1–200 minutes (3*)
Increase the time between redial attempts to increase
the chance of sending fax successfully.
EEnnaabbllee EECCMM
Off
On*
Activate Error Correction Mode (ECM) for fax jobs.
ECM detects and corrects errors in the fax transmission
process that are caused by telephone line noise and
poor signal strength.
EEnnaabbllee FFaaxx SSccaannss
Off
On*
Fax documents that are scanned at the printer.
DDrriivveerr ttoo FFaaxx
Off
On*
Allow the print driver to send fax.
AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt
Off
On*
Save fax numbers as shortcuts in the printer.
MMaaxx SSppeeeedd
33600*
14400
9600
4800
2400
Set the maximum speed for sending fax.
CCuussttoomm JJoobb SSccaannnniinngg
Off*
On
Turn on scanning of custom jobs by default.
This menu item appears only when a hard disk is
installed.
SSccaann PPrreevviieeww
Off*
On
Show a preview of the scan on the display.
This menu item appears only when a hard disk is
installed.
EEnnaabbllee CCoolloorr FFaaxx SSccaannss
Off by default*
On by default
Enable color scans for fax.
192 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Never use
Always use
AAuuttoo CCoonnvveerrtt CCoolloorr FFaaxxeess ttoo MMoonnoo FFaaxxeess
Off
On*
Convert all outgoing color faxes to black and white.
CCoonnffiirrmm FFaaxx NNuummbbeerr
Off*
On
Ask the user to confirm the fax number.
DDiiaall PPrreeffiixx Set a dialing prefix.
DDiiaalliinngg PPrreeffiixx RRuulleess
Prefix Rule [x]
Establish a dialing prefix rule.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Fax Receive Settings
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
RRiinnggss ttoo AAnnsswweerr
1–25 (3*)
Set the number of rings for incoming fax.
AAuuttoo RReedduuccttiioonn
Off
On*
Scale incoming fax to fit on the page.
PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee
Tray [x]
Multipurpose Feeder
Auto*
Set the paper source for printing incoming fax.
SSiiddeess
Off*
On
Print on both sides of the paper.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss
None*
Before Job
Specify whether to insert blank separator sheets when
printing.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 193
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
After Job
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee
Tray[x] (1*)
Multipurpose Feeder
Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.
OOuuttppuutt BBiinn
Standard Bin
Specify the output bin for received faxes.
FFaaxx FFooootteerr
On
Off*
Print the transmission information at the bottom of
each page from a received fax.
FFaaxx FFooootteerr TTiimmee SSttaammpp
Receive*
Print
Print the time stamp at the bottom of each page from
a received fax.
HHoollddiinngg FFaaxxeess
Held Fax Mode
Off*
Always On
Manual
Scheduled
Hold received faxes from printing until they are
released.
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
EEnnaabbllee FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee
Off
On*
Set the printer to receive fax.
EEnnaabbllee CCoolloorr FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee
Off
On*
Set the printer to receive fax in color.
EEnnaabbllee CCaalllleerr IIDD
Off
On*
Show the number that is sending the incoming fax.
BBlloocckk NNoo NNaammee FFaaxx
Off*
On
Block incoming faxes sent from devices with no Private
Caller ID or fax ID specified.
194 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
BBaannnneedd FFaaxx LLiisstt
Add Banned Fax
Specify the phone numbers that you want to block.
AAnnsswweerr OOnn
All Rings*
Single Ring Only
Double Ring Only
Triple Ring Only
Single or Double Rings Only
Single or Triple Rings Only
Double or Triple Rings Only
Set a distinctive ring pattern for incoming fax.
AAuuttoo AAnnsswweerr
Off
On*
Set the printer to receive fax automatically.
MMaannuuaall AAnnsswweerr CCooddee
0–9 (9*)
Manually enter a code on the telephone number pad
to begin receiving fax.
• This menu item appears only when the printer
shares a line with a telephone.
• This menu item appears only when you set the
printer to receive fax manually.
FFaaxx FFoorrwwaarrddiinngg
Print*
Print and Forward
Forward
Specify how to forward received fax.
FFoorrwwaarrdd ttoo
Destination [x]
Type
Shortcut Number
Specify where to forward received fax. This field
becomes active when Forward or Print and Forward are
selected for Fax Forwarding.
CCoonnffiirrmmaattiioonn EE--mmaaiill Send a confirmation e-mail when fax forwarding is
successful.
The e-mail is sent only when forwarding to FTP or
Network Share destinations.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 195
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
MMaaxx SSppeeeedd
33600*
14400
9600
4800
2400
Set the maximum speed for transmitting fax.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Fax Cover Page
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFaaxx CCoovveerr PPaaggee
Off by Default*
On by Default
Never Use
Always Use
Configure the settings for the fax cover page.
IInncclluuddee TToo ffiieelldd
Off*
On
IInncclluuddee FFrroomm ffiieelldd
Off*
On
FFrroomm
IInncclluuddee MMeessssaaggee FFiieelldd
Off*
On
MMeessssaaggee::
IInncclluuddee LLooggoo
Off*
On
IImmppoorrtt FFaaxx LLooggoo
196 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
IInncclluuddee FFooootteerr [[xx]]
Off*
On
FFooootteerr [[xx]]
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Fax Log Settings
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn LLoogg FFrreeqquueennccyy
Always
Never
Only For Error
The frequency for printing logs.
Transmission Log Action
Print
• Off
• On
E-mail
• Off
• On
RReecceeiivvee EErrrroorr LLoogg
Print Never*
Print on Error
Print a log for fax-receive failures.
AAuuttoo PPrriinntt LLooggss
On*
Off
Print all fax activity.
LLoogg PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
Multipurpose Feeder
Specify the paper source for printing logs.
LLooggss DDiissppllaayy
Remote Fax Name*
Dialed Number
Identify the sender by remote fax name or fax number.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 197
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee JJoobb LLoogg
On*
Off
View a summary of all fax jobs.
EEnnaabbllee CCaallll LLoogg
On*
Off
View a summary of fax dialing history.
LLoogg OOuuttppuutt BBiinn
Standard Bin*
Bin [x]
Specify the output bin for printed logs.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Speaker Settings
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSppeeaakkeerr MMooddee
Always Off
Always On
On until Connected*
Set the fax speaker mode.
SSppeeaakkeerr VVoolluummee
Low*
High
Adjust the fax speaker volume.
RRiinnggeerr VVoolluummee
Off
On*
Enable the ringer volume.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
198 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
E-mail
E-MAIL SETUP
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrriimmaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy Type the IP address or host name of the primary SMTP
server for sending e-mail.
PPrriimmaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy PPoorrtt
1–65535 (25*)
Enter the port number of the primary SMTP server.
SSeeccoonnddaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy Type the server IP address or host name of your
secondary or backup SMTP server.
SSeeccoonnddaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy PPoorrtt
1–65535 (25*)
Enter the server port number of your secondary or
backup SMTP server.
SSMMTTPP TTiimmeeoouutt
5–30 seconds (30*)
Set the time before the printer times out if the SMTP
server does not respond.
RReeppllyy AAddddrreessss Specify a reply address in the e-mail.
AAllwwaayyss uussee SSMMTTPP ddeeffaauulltt RReeppllyy AAddddrreessss
On*
Off
Always use the default reply address in the SMTP
server.
UUssee SSSSLL//TTLLSS
Disabled*
Negotiate
Required
Specify whether to send e-mail using an encrypted link.
RReeqquuiirree TTrruusstteedd CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee
Off
On*
Require a trusted certificate when accessing the SMTP
server.
SSMMTTPP SSeerrvveerr AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn
No authentication required*
Login / Plain
NTLM
CRAM-MD5
Digest-MD5
Kerberos 5
Set the authentication type for the SMTP server.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 199
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
DDeevviiccee--IInniittiiaatteedd EE--mmaaiill
None*
Use Device SMTP Credentials
Specify whether credentials are required for device-
initiated e-mail.
UUsseerr--IInniittiiaatteedd EE--mmaaiill
None*
Use Device SMTP Credentials
Use Session User ID and Password
Use Session E-mail address and Password
Prompt user
Specify whether credentials are required for user-
initiated e-mail.
UUssee AAccttiivvee DDiirreeccttoorryy DDeevviiccee CCrreeddeennttiiaallss
Off
On*
Enable user credentials and group designations to
connect to the SMTP server.
DDeevviiccee UUsseerriidd Specify the user ID and password to connect to the
SMTP server.
DDeevviiccee PPaasssswwoorrdd
KKeerrbbeerrooss 55 RREEAALLMM Specify the realm for the Kerberos 5 authentication
protocol.
NNTTLLMM DDoommaaiinn Specify the domain name for the NTLM security
protocol.
DDiissaabbllee ""SSMMTTPP sseerrvveerr nnoott sseett uupp"" eerrrroorr
Off*
On
Hide the “SMTP server not set up” error message.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
E-MAIL DEFAULTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSuubbjjeecctt Specify the e-mail subject and message.
MMeessssaaggee
FFiillee NNaammee Specify the file name for the scanned image.
FFoorrmmaatt
PDF (.pdf)*
TIFF (.tif)
Specify the file format for the scanned image.
200 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
JPEG (.jpg)
XPS (.xps)
PPDDFF SSeettttiinnggss
PPDDFF VVeerrssiioonn
1.3
1.4
1.5*
1.6
1.7
AArrcchhiivvaall VVeerrssiioonn
A-1a*
A-1b
SSeeccuurree
Off*
On
AArrcchhiivvaall ((PPDDFF//AA))
Off*
On
Set the PDF format of the scanned image.
CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee
Text
Text/Photo*
Photo
Graphics
Improve the output result based on the content of the
original document.
CCoonntteenntt SSoouurrccee
Black and White Laser*
Color Laser
Inkjet
Photo/Film
Magazine
Newspaper
Press
Improve the output result based on the original
document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 201
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Other
CCoolloorr
Black and White
Gray
Color*
Auto
Specify the color when scanning an image.
RReessoolluuttiioonn
75 dpi
150 dpi*
200 dpi
300 dpi
400 dpi
600 dpi
Set the resolution of the scanned image.
DDaarrkknneessss
1 to 9 (5*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Landscape
Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the
page.
OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee
[List of paper sizes]
Set the paper size of the original document.
Mixed Sizes is the factory default setting.
SSiiddeess
Off*
Long Edge
Short Edge
Specify the page orientation of text and graphics when
scanning a two-sided document.
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee
Cyan to Red
1 to 9 (5*)
Magenta to Green
1 to 9 (5*)
Adjust the color intensity during scanning.
202 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Yellow to Blue
1 to 9 (5*)
CCoolloorr DDrrooppoouutt
Color Dropout
None*
Red
Green
Blue
Default Red Threshold
0–255 (128*)
Default Green Threshold
0–255 (128*)
Default Blue Threshold
0–255 (128*)
Specify which color to drop during scanning, and adjust
the dropout setting for that color.
AAuuttoo CCoolloorr DDeetteecctt
Color Sensitivity
1–9 (5*)
Area Sensitivity
1–9 (5*)
E-mail Bit Depth
1bit*
8bit
Set the amount of color that the printer detects from
the original document.
This menu item appears only when Color is set to Auto.
Minimum Scan Resolution
• 75 dpi
• 150 dpi
• 200 dpi
• 300 dpi
JJPPEEGG QQuuaalliittyy
Best for content*
5–95
Set the quality of a JPEG-format scanned image.
• 5 reduces the file size, but lessens the image
quality.
• 95 provides the best image quality, but produces a
large file size.
CCoonnttrraasstt Specify the contrast of the output.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 203
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Best for content*
0
1
2
3
4
5
BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall
Background Detection
Content-based*
Fixed
Level
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned
image.
If you want to remove the background color from the
original document, then set Background Detection to
Content-based. If you want to remove image noise
from a photo, then set Background Detection to Fixed.
MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggee
Off*
On
Create a mirror image of the original document.
NNeeggaattiivvee IImmaaggee
Off*
On
Create a negative image of the original document.
SShhaaddooww DDeettaaiill
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a
scanned image.
SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee
Off*
On
Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.
SShhaarrppnneessss
1–5 (3*)
Adjust the sharpness of a scanned image.
TTeemmppeerraattuurree
1 to 9 (5*)
Specify whether to generate a cooler or warmer output.
BBllaannkk PPaaggeess
Blank Page Removal
Blank Page Sensitivity
Specify whether to include blank pages.
204 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
MMaaxx EE--mmaaiill SSiizzee
0–65535 (0*)
Set the allowable file size for each e-mail.
SSiizzee EErrrroorr MMeessssaaggee Specify an error message that the printer sends when
an e-mail exceeds its allowable file size.
You can type up to 1024 characters.
LLiimmiitt DDeessttiinnaattiioonnss Limit sending of e-mail only to the specified list of
domain names.
Use a comma to separate each domain.
SSeenndd MMee aa CCooppyy
Never appears*
On by Default
Off by Default
Always On
Send a copy of the e-mail to yourself.
Allow self-e-mails only
Off*
On
UUssee cccc:://bbcccc::
Off*
On
Enable carbon copy and blind carbon copy in e-mail.
UUssee MMuullttii--PPaaggee TTIIFFFF
On*
Off
Choose between single- and multiple-page TIFF files.
TTIIFFFF CCoommpprreessssiioonn
LZW*
JPEG
Set a compression option for TIFF files.
TTeexxtt DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of text on a scanned image.
TTeexxtt//PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of text or photo on a scanned image.
PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (50*)
Set the quality of a photo on a scanned image.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 205
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn LLoogg
Print log*
Do Not Print Log
Print Only for Error
Print a log for successful e-mail transmission.
LLoogg PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
Multipurpose Feeder
Specify the paper source for printing logs.
AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt
Off
On*
Save e-mail addresses as shortcuts.
When set to Off, the Save As Shortcut button does not
appear on the e-mail Destination screen.
EE--mmaaiill IImmaaggeess SSeenntt AAss
Attachment*
Web Link
Specify how to send the images in e-mail.
RReesseett EE--mmaaiill IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn AAfftteerr SSeennddiinngg
Off
On*
Restore the default e-mail information after sending an
e-mail.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
WEB LINK SETUP
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSeerrvveerr Set the printer to send e-mail as a web link.
LLooggiinn
PPaasssswwoorrdd
PPaatthh
FFiillee NNaammee
WWeebb LLiinnkk
206 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
FTP
FTP DEFAULTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFoorrmmaatt
PDF (.pdf)*
TIFF (.tif)
JPEG (.jpg)
XPS (.xps)
TXT (.txt)
RTF (.rtf)
DOCX (.docx)
Specify the file format for the scanned image.
The menu items may vary depending on your printer
model.
GGlloobbaall OOCCRR SSeettttiinnggss
Recognized Languages
Auto Rotate
Despeckle
Auto Contrast Enhance
Configure the settings for optical character recognition
(OCR).
This menu appears only if you have purchased and
installed an OCR solution.
PPDDFF SSeettttiinnggss
PDF Version
1.3
1.4
1.5*
1.6
1.7
Archival Version
A-1a*
A-1b
Secure
Off*
On
Archival (PDF/A)
Off*
Set the PDF format for the scanned image.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 207
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
On
CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee
Text
Text/Photo*
Graphics
Photo
Improve the output result based on the content of the
original document.
CCoonntteenntt SSoouurrccee
Black and White Laser
Color Laser*
Inkjet
Photo/Film
Magazine
Newspaper
Press
Other
Improve the output result based on the source of the
original document.
CCoolloorr
Black and White
Gray
Color*
Auto
Specify the color when scanning an image.
RReessoolluuttiioonn
75 dpi
150 dpi*
200 dpi
300 dpi
400 dpi
600 dpi
Set the resolution of the scanned image.
DDaarrkknneessss
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the
page.
208 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Landscape
OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee
[List of paper sizes]
Set the paper size of the original document.
• Letter is the U.S. factory default setting. A4 is the
international factory default setting.
• The menu items may vary depending on your
printer model.
SSiiddeess
Off*
Long Edge
Short Edge
Specify the page orientation of text and graphics when
scanning a two-sided document.
FFiillee NNaammee Specify the file name of the scanned image.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of toner used for each color in scan
output.
CCoolloorr DDrrooppoouutt
Color Dropout
None*
Red
Green
Blue
Default Red Threshold
0–255 (128*)
Default Green Threshold
0–255 (128*)
Default Blue Threshold
0–255 (128*)
Specify which color to drop during scanning, and adjust
the dropout setting for that color.
AAuuttoo CCoolloorr DDeetteecctt
Color Sensitivity
Set the amount of color that the printer detects from
the original document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 209
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
1–9 (5*)
Area Sensitivity
1–9 (5*)
This menu item appears only when Color is set to Auto.
JJPPEEGG QQuuaalliittyy
Best for content*
5–95
Set the quality of a JPEG-format image.
• 5 reduces the file size, but lessens the image
quality.
• 90 provides the best image quality, but produces a
large file size.
CCoonnttrraasstt
Best for content*
0
1
2
3
4
5
Specify the contrast of the output.
BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall
Background Detection
Content-based*
Fixed
Level
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned
image.
If you want to remove the background color from the
original document, then set Background Detection to
Content-based. If you want to remove image noise
from a photo, then set Background Detection to Fixed.
MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggee
Off*
On
Create a mirror image of the original document.
NNeeggaattiivvee IImmaaggee
Off*
On
Create a negative image of the original document.
SShhaaddooww DDeettaaiill
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a
scanned image.
SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee
Off*
Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.
210 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
On
SShhaarrppnneessss
1–5 (3*)
Adjust the sharpness of a scanned image.
TTeemmppeerraattuurree
-4 to 4 (0*)
Specify whether to generate a cooler or warmer output.
BBllaannkk PPaaggeess
Blank Page Removal
Blank Page Sensitivity
Specify whether to include blank pages.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TTeexxtt DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of text on a scanned image.
TTeexxtt//PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of text or photo image on a scanned
image.
PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (50*)
Set the quality of a photo image on a scanned image.
UUssee MMuullttii--PPaaggee TTIIFFFF
On*
Off
Choose between single- and multiple-page TIFF files.
TTIIFFFF CCoommpprreessssiioonn
LZW*
JPEG
Set a compression option for TIFF files.
TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn LLoogg
Print Log*
Do Not Print Log
Print Only for Error
Print a log for successful FTP scan transmission.
LLoogg PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
Specify the paper source for printing FTP logs.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 211
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Multipurpose Feeder
FFTTPP BBiitt DDeepptthh
1 bit
8 bit*
Enable the Text/Photo mode to have smaller file sizes
by using 1-bit image.
This menu item appears only when Color is set to Gray.
CCuussttoomm JJoobb SSccaannnniinngg
Off*
On
Turn on scanning of custom jobs by default.
This menu item appears only when a hard disk is
installed.
SSccaann PPrreevviieeww
Off
On*
Show a preview of the scan on the display.
This menu item appears only when a hard disk is
installed.
AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt
Off
On*
Save custom FTP settings as shortcuts.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
212 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
USB Drive
FLASH DRIVE SCAN
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFoorrmmaatt
PDF (.pdf)*
TIFF (.tif)
JPEG (.jpg)
XPS (.xps)
Specify the file format for the scanned image.
The settings may vary depending on your printer
model.
GGlloobbaall OOCCRR SSeettttiinnggss
Recognized Languages
Auto Rotate
Despeckle
Auto Contrast Enhance
Configure the settings for optical character recognition
(OCR).
This menu appears only if you have purchased and
installed an OCR solution.
PPDDFF SSeettttiinnggss
PDF Version
1.3
1.4
1.5*
1.6
1.7
Archival Version
A-1a*
A-1b
Secure
Off*
On
Archival (PDF/A)
Off*
On
Set the PDF format for the scanned image.
CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee
Text
Improve the output result based on the content of the
original document.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 213
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Text/Photo*
Graphics
Photo
CCoonntteenntt SSoouurrccee
Black and White Laser
Color Laser*
Inkjet
Photo/Film
Magazine
Newspaper
Press
Other
Improve the output result based on the source of the
original document.
CCoolloorr
Black and White
Gray
Color*
Auto
Specify the color when scanning an image.
RReessoolluuttiioonn
75 dpi
150 dpi*
200 dpi
300 dpi
400 dpi
600 dpi
Set the resolution of the scanned image.
DDaarrkknneessss
1–9 (5*)
Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.
OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Portrait*
Landscape
Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the
page.
OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee
[List of paper sizes]
Set the paper size of the original document.
214 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Letter is the U.S. factory default setting. A4 is the
international factory default setting.
• This menu item may vary depending on your
printer model.
SSiiddeess
Off*
Long edge
Short edge
Specify the page orientation of text and graphics when
scanning a two-sided document.
FFiillee NNaammee Specify the file name of the scanned image.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee Adjust the amount of toner used for each color.
CCoolloorr DDrrooppoouutt
Color Dropout
None*
Red
Green
Blue
Default Red Threshold
0–255 (128*)
Default Green Threshold
0–255 (128*)
Default Blue Threshold
0–255 (128*)
Specify which color to drop during scanning, and adjust
the dropout setting for that color.
AAuuttoo CCoolloorr DDeetteecctt
Color Sensitivity
1–9 (5*)
Area Sensitivity
1–9 (5*)
Set the amount of color that the printer detects from
the original document.
This menu item appears only when Color is set to Auto.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 215
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
JJPPEEGG QQuuaalliittyy
Best for content*
5–95
Set the quality of a JPEG-format image.
• 5 reduces the file size, but lessens the image
quality.
• 90 provides the best image quality, but produces a
large file size.
CCoonnttrraasstt
Best for content*
0
1
2
3
4
5
Specify the contrast of the output.
BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall
Background Detection
Content-based*
Fixed
Level
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned
image.
If you want to remove the background color from the
original document, then set Background Detection to
Content-based. If you want to remove image noise
from a photo, then set Background Detection to Fixed.
MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggee
Off*
On
Create a mirror image of the original document.
NNeeggaattiivvee IImmaaggee
Off*
On
Create a negative image of the original document.
SShhaaddooww DDeettaaiill
-4 to 4 (0*)
Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a
scanned image.
SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee
Off*
On
Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.
SShhaarrppnneessss
1–5 (3*)
Adjust the sharpness of a scanned image.
216 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TTeemmppeerraattuurree
-4 to 4 (0*)
Specify whether to generate a cooler or warmer output.
BBllaannkk PPaaggeess
Blank Page Removal
Blank Page Sensitivity
Specify whether to include blank pages.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TTeexxtt DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of text on a scanned image.
TTeexxtt//PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of text or photo on a scanned image.
PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt
5–95 (75*)
Set the quality of a photo on a scanned image.
UUssee MMuullttii--PPaaggee TTIIFFFF
On*
Off
Choose between single- and multiple-page TIFF files.
TTIIFFFF CCoommpprreessssiioonn
LZW*
JPEG
Set the compression for TIFF files.
SSccaann BBiitt DDeepptthh
1 bit
8 bit*
Enable the Text/Photo mode to have smaller file sizes
by using 1-bit image.
This menu item appears only when Color is set to Gray.
CCuussttoomm JJoobb SSccaannnniinngg
Off*
On
Turn on scanning of custom jobs by default.
This menu item appears only when a hard disk is
installed.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 217
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSccaann PPrreevviieeww
Off
On*
Show a preview of the scan on the display.
This menu item appears only when a hard disk is
installed.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
CUSTOMIZE SCAN SETTINGS LIST
FLASH DRIVE PRINT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
NNuummbbeerr ooff CCooppiieess
1–9999 (1*)
Set the number of copies.
PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
Multipurpose Feeder
Manual Paper
Manual Envelope
Set the paper source for the print job.
The multipurpose feeder is available only in some
printer models.
CCoolloorr
Off
On*
Print the output in color.
CCoollllaattee
(1,1,1) (2,2,2)
(1,2,3) (1,2,3)*
Print multiple copies in sequence.
SSiiddeess
1-Sided*
2-Sided
Specify whether to print on one side or two sides of the
paper.
FFlliipp SSttyyllee
Long Edge*
Short Edge
Determine which side of the paper (long edge or short
edge) is bound when performing two-sided printing.
Depending on the option selected, the printer
automatically offsets each printed information of the
page to bind the job correctly.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee Print multiple page images on one side of a sheet of
paper.
218 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Off*
2 pages per side
3 pages per side
4 pages per side
6 pages per side
9 pages per side
12 pages per side
16 pages per side
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrrddeerriinngg
Horizontal*
Reverse Horizontal
Reverse Vertical
Vertical
Specify the positioning of multiple page images when
using Pages per Side.
The positioning depends on the number of page
images and their page orientation.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrriieennttaattiioonn
Auto*
Landscape
Portrait
Specify the orientation of a multiple-page document
when using Pages per Side.
PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee BBoorrddeerr
None*
Solid
Print a border around each page image when using
Pages per Side.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss
Off*
Between Copies
Between Jobs
Between Pages
Specify whether to insert blank separator sheets when
printing.
SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee
Tray [x] (1*)
Multipurpose Feeder
Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.
The multipurpose feeder is available only in some
printer models.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 219
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
BBllaannkk PPaaggeess
Do Not Print*
Print
Specify whether to print blank pages in a print job.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
CUSTOMIZE PRINT SETTINGS LIST
220 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Network/Ports
NETWORK OVERVIEW
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr
Auto*
Standard Network
Wireless
Specify how a network is connected.
Wireless appears only when a wireless network adapter
is installed.
NNeettwwoorrkk SSttaattuuss Show the connection status of the printer network.
DDiissppllaayy NNeettwwoorrkk SSttaattuuss oonn PPrriinntteerr
On*
Off
Show the network status on the display.
SSppeeeedd,, DDuupplleexx Show the speed of the currently active network card.
IIPPvv44 Show the IPv4 address.
AAllll IIPPvv66 AAddddrreesssseess Show all IPv6 addresses.
RReesseett PPrriinntt SSeerrvveerr Reset all active network connections to the printer.
This setting removes all network configuration settings.
NNeettwwoorrkk JJoobb TTiimmeeoouutt
Off
On* (90 seconds)
Set the time before the printer cancels a network print
job.
BBaannnneerr PPaaggee
Off*
On
Print a banner page.
SSccaann ttoo PPCC PPoorrtt RRaannggee
9751:12000*
Specify a valid port range for printers that are behind a
port blocking firewall.
EEnnaabbllee NNeettwwoorrkk CCoonnnneeccttiioonnss
• On
• Off
EEnnaabbllee LLLLDDPP
• On
• Off
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 221
Use the Printer Menus
WIRELESS
Note: This menu is available only in printers connected to a Wi-Fi network or printers that have a wireless
network adapter.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSeettuupp OOnn PPrriinntteerr PPaanneell
• Choose Network
• Add Wi-Fi Network
– Network Name
– Network Mode
– Infrastructure
– Wireless Security Mode
– Disabled
– WPA2/WPA - Personal
– WPA2 - Personal
– WPA2/WPA3 - Personal
– WPA3 - Personal
– 802.1x - RADIUS
Determine the wireless network that the printer
connects to.
Select CChhoooossee NNeettwwoorrkk to pick from a list of
discovered wireless networks.
Select AAdddd WWii--FFii NNeettwwoorrkk to manually add a non-
advertised network.
When set to 802.1x-RADIUS, make sure to configure
the 802.1x authentication settings to avoid network
disconnection.
Note: This menu item appears as Wireless
Connection Setup in the Embedded Web Server.
WWii--FFii PPrrootteecctteedd SSeettuupp
• Start Push Button Method
• Start PIN Method
An alternate method to join a wireless network is
through Wi-Fi Protected Setup.
• Start Push Button Method connects the printer to a
wireless network when buttons on both the printer
and the access point (wireless router) are pressed
within a given time.
• Start PIN Method connects the printer to a wireless
network when a PIN on the printer is entered into
the wireless settings of the access point.
CCoommppaattiibbiilliittyy
802.11b/g/n (2.4GHz)*
Specify the wireless standard for the wireless network.
WWiirreelleessss SSeeccuurriittyy MMooddee
• Disabled*
• WPA2/WPA-Personal
– WPA2/WPA-PSK Encryption Mode
– AES
– Set Pre-Shared Key
• WPA2-Personal
Set the type of security for connecting the printer to
wireless devices.
Enable wireless security through Wi-Fi Protected Access
(WPA) or through 802.1x standard.
When set to WPA security mode, for the Pre-Shared
Key, enter the password for the secure wireless
connection.
When set to 802.1x-RADIUS, make sure to configure
the 802.1x authentication settings to avoid network
disconnection.
222 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
– WPA2-PSK Encryption Mode
– AES
– Set Pre-Shared Key
• WPA2/WPA3 - Personal
– WPA2/WPA3 - PSK Encryption Mode
– Set Pre-Shared Key
• WPA3 - Personal
– WPA3 - PSK Encryption Mode
– Set Pre-Shared Key
• 802.1x - RADIUS
– 802.1x Encryption Mode
– WPA +
– WPA2*
– WPA2 + PMF
PMF is Protected Management Frames.
IIPPvv44
• Enable DHCP
– On*
– Off
• Set Static IP Address
– IP Address
– Netmask
– Gateway
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
and configure static IP address.
DHCP is a standard protocol that allows a server to
distribute IP addressing and configuration information
dynamically to clients.
IIPPvv66
• Enable IPv6
– On*
– Off
• Enable DHCPv6
– On
– Off*
• Stateless Address Auto configuration
– On*
– Off
• DNS Server Address
Enable and configure IPv6 settings in the printer.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 223
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Manually Assigned IPv6 Address
• Manually Assigned IPv6 Router
• Address Prefix
0–128 (64*)
• All IPv6 Addresses
• All IPv6 Router Addresses
NNeettwwoorrkk AAddddrreessss
• UAA
• LAA
View the network addresses.
PPCCLL SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
• On*
• Off
Set the printer to switch automatically to PCL
emulation when a print job requires it, regardless of
the default printer language.
If PCL SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
PPSS SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
• On*
• Off
Set the printer to switch automatically to PS emulation
when a print job requires it, regardless of the default
printer language.
If PS SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
MMaacc BBiinnaarryy PPSS
• Auto*
• On
• Off
Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript
print jobs.
• On processes raw binary PostScript print jobs.
• Off filters print jobs using the standard protocol.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
WI-FI DIRECT
Note: This menu appears only when a direct Wi-Fi network is the active network.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt
• On
• Off
Specify the service set identifier (SSID) of the Wi-Fi
network.
WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt NNaammee .
WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt PPaasssswwoorrdd Password must be at least 8 characters in length.
224 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SShhooww PPaasssswwoorrdd oonn SSeettuupp PPaaggee
• On
• Off
Specify the IP address of the group owner.
PPrreeffeerrrreedd CChhaannnneell NNuummbbeerr
• Auto
• 1 through 11
GGrroouupp OOwwnneerr IIPP AAddddrreessss
AAuuttoo--AAcccceepptt PPuusshh BBuuttttoonn RReeqquueessttss Accept requests to connect to the network
automatically.
Accepting clients automatically is insecure.
AIRPRINT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAiirrPPrriinntt
• Enabled
• Disabled
BBoonnjjoouurr NNaammee The name to use to identify the printer on Airprint.
OOrrggaanniizzaattiioonn NNaammee
OOrrggaanniizzaattiioonnaall UUnniitt
PPrriinntteerr LLooccaattiioonn
PPrriinntteerr’’ss LLaattiittuuddee GPS latitude of the printer. The range is –90 to 90.
PPrriinntteerr’’ss LLoonnggiittuuddee GPS longitude of the printer. The range is –180 to 180.
PPrriinntteerr’’ss AAllttiittuuddee GPS altitude of the printer. The range is –100000 to
100000.
MMoorree OOppttiioonnss From the Embedded Web Server, navigate to SSeettttiinnggss
>> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> AAiirrPPrriinntt >> MMoorree OOppttiioonnss for the
following options.
SSuupppplliieess
Black Cartridge
Cyan Cartridge
Magenta Cartridge
Yellow Cartridge
Imaging Kit
This menu lists the supplies status/notifications.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 225
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Waste Toner Bottle
Imaging Kit
Waste Toner Bottle
PPrriinntteerr
Device Type
Device Speed
Firmware Level
Multipurpose Feeder
Tray 1
Tray 2
Standard Bin
This menu lists the printer specifications and input/
output tray status/notifications.
LLooggiinn MMeetthhooddss For more information, refer to Login Methods.
CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee MMaannaaggeemmeenntt For more information, refer to Certificate Management.
CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall PPrriinntt SSeettuupp For more information, refer to Confidential Print Setup.
MOBILE SERVICES MANAGEMENT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee IIPPPP PPrriinntt
• On*
• Off
Enable IPP Print setting in the Printer.
EEnnaabbllee IIPPPP FFaaxx
• On*
• Off
Enable IPP Fax setting in the Printer.
EEnnaabbllee IIPPPP OOvveerr UUSSBB
• On*
• Off
Enable IPP Over USB setting in the Printer.
Note: After changing this setting, user needs to
restart the Printer.
EEnnaabbllee SSccaann
• On*
• Off
Enable Mobile Scan setting in the Printer.
226 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee MMoopprriiaa PPrriinntt DDiissccoovveerryy
• On*
• Off
Enable Mopria Print Discovery setting in the Printer.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
ETHERNET
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
NNeettwwoorrkk SSppeeeedd Show the speed of an active network adapter.
IIPPvv44
Enable DHCP
On*
Off
Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
DHCP is a standard protocol that allows a server to
dynamically distribute IP addressing and configuration
information to clients.
IIPPvv44
Set Static IP Address
IP Address
Netmask
Gateway
Set the static IP address of your printer.
NNeettwwoorrkk AAddddrreessss
UAA
LAA
Show the printer Media Access Control (MAC)
addresses: Locally Administered Address (LAA) and
Universally Administered Address (UAA).
You can change the printer LAA manually.
PPCCLL SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
Off
On*
Set the printer to switch automatically to PCL
emulation when a print job requires it, regardless of
the default printer language.
If PCL SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
PPSS SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
Off
On*
Set the printer to switch automatically to PS emulation
when a print job requires it, regardless of the default
printer language.
If PS SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
JJoobb BBuuffffeerriinngg Temporarily store jobs on the printer hard disk before
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 227
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Off
On*
printing.
• This menu item appears only when a hard disk is
installed.
• This menu item appears only in some printer
models.
MMaacc BBiinnaarryy PPSS
Auto*
On
Off
Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript
print jobs.
• On processes raw binary PostScript print jobs.
• Off filters print jobs using the standard protocol.
EEnneerrggyy EEffffiicciieenntt EEtthheerrnneett
Off
On*
Reduce power consumption when the printer does not
receive data from the Ethernet network.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
TCP/IP
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers attached to print servers.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSeett HHoossttnnaammee Set the current TCP/IP host name.
DDoommaaiinn NNaammee Set the domain name.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
AAllllooww DDHHCCPP//BBOOOOTTPP ttoo uuppddaattee NNTTPP sseerrvveerr
Off
On*
Allow the DHCP and BOOTP clients to update the NTP
settings of the printer.
ZZeerroo CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn NNaammee Specify a service name for the zero configuration
network.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EEnnaabbllee AAuuttoo IIPP
Off
On*
Assign an IP address automatically.
DDNNSS SSeerrvveerr AAddddrreessss Specify the current Domain Name System (DNS) server
address.
BBaacckkuupp DDNNSS SSeerrvveerr AAddddrreessss Specify the backup DNS server addresses.
228 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
BBaacckkuupp DDNNSS SSeerrvveerr AAddddrreessss 22
BBaacckkuupp DDNNSS SSeerrvveerr AAddddrreessss 33
DDoommaaiinn SSeeaarrcchh OOrrddeerr Specify a list of domain names to locate the printer
and its resources that reside in different domains on
the network.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
EEnnaabbllee DDDDNNSS
Off*
On
Update the Dynamic DNS settings.
DDDDNNSS TTTTLL Specify the current DDNS settings.
DDeeffaauulltt TTTTLL
DDDDNNSS RReeffrreesshh TTiimmee
EEnnaabbllee mmDDNNSS
Off
On*
Update multicast DNS settings.
WWIINNSS SSeerrvveerr AAddddrreessss Specify a server address for Windows Internet Name
Service (WINS).
EEnnaabbllee BBOOOOTTPP
Off*
On
Allow the BOOTP to assign a printer IP address.
RReessttrriicctteedd SSeerrvveerr LLiisstt Specify an IP address for the TCP connections.
• Use a comma to separate each IP address.
• You can add up to 50 IP addresses.
RReessttrriicctteedd SSeerrvveerr LLiisstt OOppttiioonnss
Block All Ports*
Block Printing Only
Block Printing and HTTP Only
Specify how the IP addresses in the list can access the
printer functionality.
MMTTUU Specify a maximum transmission unit (MTU)
parameter for the TCP connections.
RRaaww PPrriinntt PPoorrtt
1–65535 (9100*)
Specify a raw port number for printers connected on a
network.
OOuuttbboouunndd TTrraaffffiicc MMaaxxiimmuumm SSppeeeedd
Off*
Enable the printer maximum transfer rate.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 229
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
On
KKiilloobbiittss//sseeccoonndd If you select OOnn for OOuuttbboouunndd TTrraaffffiicc MMaaxxiimmuumm
SSppeeeedd, the Kilobits/second field appears. Select a
Range between 100–1000000.
TTLLSS SSuuppppoorrtt From the Embedded Web Server, go to SSeettttiinnggss >>
NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> TTCCPP//IIPP.
Enhance printer privacy and data integrity.
Note: The TLS settings pertain to the
Embedded Web Server only. They do not
pertain to clients using TLS. For more
information, refer to the Embedded Web Server
Administrator Guide.
Note: TLSv1.3 is supported by default, and
cannot be disabled. Deselecting the other TLS
settings will force the EWS to use TLSv1.3 only.
EEnnaabbllee TTLLSSvv11..00
• On
• Off*
Enable the TLSv1.0 protocol settings.
EEnnaabbllee TTLLSSvv11..11
• On
• Off*
Enable the TLSv1.1 protocol settings.
EEnnaabbllee TTLLSSvv11..22
• On*
• Off
Enable the TLSv1.2 protocol settings.
SSSSLL CCiipphheerr LLiisstt DHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:DHE-RSA-AES128-
GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:
ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES256-
SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-
AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-
RSA-AES256-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:DHE-RSA-
AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA
TTLLSSvv11..33 SSSSLL CCiipphheerr LLiisstt TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384:TLS_AES_128_GCM_
SHA256
230 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
TCP /IP Port Access
[Port Names x]
• On
• Off
Lists all of the Ports available and their status.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
SNMP
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSNNMMPP VVeerrssiioonnss 11 aanndd 22cc
EEnnaabblleedd
Off
On*
AAllllooww SSNNMMPP SSeett
Off
On*
EEnnaabbllee PPPPMM MMIIBB
Off
On*
SSNNMMPP CCoommmmuunniittyy
Configure Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) versions 1 and 2c to install print drivers and
applications.
SSNNMMPP VVeerrssiioonn 33
EEnnaabblleedd
Off
On*
SSeett RReeaadd//WWrriittee CCrreeddeennttiiaallss
User Name
Password
SSeett RReeaadd--oonnllyy CCrreeddeennttiiaallss
User Name
Password
AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn HHaasshh
Configure SNMP version 3 to install and update the
printer security.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 231
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
MD5
SHA1*
MMiinniimmuumm AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn LLeevveell
No Authentication, No Privacy
Authentication, No Privacy
Authentication, Privacy*
PPrriivvaaccyy AAllggoorriitthhmm
DES
AES-128*
SSeett SSNNMMPP TTrraappss
• Trap Destination: 1–20
• Output Hopper Full
– On
– Off*
• Load Paper
– On
– Off*
• Paper Jam
– On
– Off*
• Toner Low
– On
– Off*
• Service Required
– On
– Off*
• Cover Opened
– On
– Off*
• Page Complexity Error
– On
– Off*
Configure SNMP Traps on certain conditions.
232 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Offline
– On
– Off*
• Printer MIB (RFC 1759)
– On
– Off*
• MPS MIB
– On
– Off*
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
IPSEC
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee IIPPSSeecc
Off*
On
Enable Internet Protocol Security (IPSec).
BBaassee CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn
Default*
Compatibility
Secure
Set the IPSec base configuration.
This menu item appears only when Enable IPSec is set
to On.
IIPPSSeecc DDeevviiccee CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee Specify an IPSec certificate.
This menu item appears only when Base Configuration
is set to Compatibility.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 233
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrree--SShhaarreedd KKeeyy AAuutthheennttiiccaatteedd CCoonnnneeccttiioonnss
Host [x]
Address
Key
Configure the authenticated connections of the printer.
These menu items appear only when Enable IPSec is
set to On.
CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee AAuutthheennttiiccaatteedd CCoonnnneeccttiioonnss
Host [x] Address[/subnet]
Address[/subnet]
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
802.1X
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAccttiivvee
Off*
On
Let the printer join networks that require
authentication before allowing access.
To configure the settings of this menu item, access the
Embedded Web Server.
880022..11xx AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn
• Device Login Name
• Device Login Password
• Validate Server Certificate
• Enable Event Logging
• 802.1x Device Certificate
Device Login Name is used to log into the
authentication server.
The Device Login Password must be at least 8
characters long.
Server Certificate validation is a security feature
integral to TLS, PEAP, and TTLS.
To reduce FLASH part wear, turn on Enable Event
Logging only when necessary.
234 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAlllloowwaabbllee AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn MMeecchhaanniissmmss
•EEAAPP--MMDD55
– On
– Off
•EEAAPP--MMSSCCHHAAPPvv22
– On
– Off
•LLEEAAPP
– On
– Off
•PPEEAAPP
– On
– Off
•EEAAPP--TTLLSS
– On
– Off
•EEAAPP--TTTTLLSS
– On
– Off
•TTLLSS AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn MMeetthhoodd
– CHAP
– MSCHAP
– MSCHAPv2
– PAP
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
LPD CONFIGURATION
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 235
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
LLPPDD TTiimmeeoouutt
0–65535 seconds (90*)
Set the time-out value to stop the Line Printer Daemon
(LPD) server from waiting indefinitely for hung or
invalid print jobs.
LLPPDD BBaannnneerr PPaaggee
Off*
On
Print a banner page for all LPD print jobs.
A banner page is the first page of a print job used as a
separator of print jobs and to identify the originator of
the print job request.
LLPPDD TTrraaiilleerr PPaaggee
Off*
On
Print a trailer page for all LPD print jobs.
A trailer page is the last page of a print job.
LLPPDD CCaarrrriiaaggee RReettuurrnn CCoonnvveerrssiioonn
Off*
On
Enable carriage return conversion.
Carriage return is a mechanism that commands the
printer to move the position of the cursor to the first
position on the same line.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
HTTP/FTP SETTINGS
Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers attached to print servers.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee HHTTTTPP SSeerrvveerr
Off
On*
Access the Embedded Web Server to monitor and
manage the printer.
EEnnaabbllee HHTTTTPPSS
Off
On*
Configure the Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure
(HTTPS) settings.
EEnnaabbllee FFTTPP//TTFFTTPP
Off
On*
Send files using FTP.
LLooccaall DDoommaaiinnss Specify domain names for HTTP and FTP servers.
This menu item appears only in some printer models.
HHTTTTPP PPrrooxxyy IIPP AAddddrreessss Configure the HTTP and FTP server settings.
These menu items appear only in some printer models.
FFTTPP PPrrooxxyy IIPP AAddddrreessss
236 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
HHTTTTPP DDeeffaauulltt IIPP PPoorrtt
1–65535 (80*)
HHTTTTPPSS DDeevviiccee CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee
FFTTPP DDeeffaauulltt IIPP PPoorrtt
1–65535 (21*)
TTiimmeeoouutt ffoorr HHTTTTPP//FFTTPP RReeqquueessttss
1–299 (30*)
Specify the amount of time before the server
connection stops.
RReettrriieess ffoorr HHTTTTPP//FFTTPP RReeqquueessttss
1–299 (3*)
Set the number of retries to connect to the HTTP/FTP
server.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
THINPRINT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee TThhiinnPPrriinntt
Off
On*
Print using ThinPrint.
PPoorrtt NNuummbbeerr
4000–4999 (4000*)
Set the port number for the ThinPrint server.
BBaannddwwiiddtthh ((bbiittss//sseecc))
100–1000000 (0*)
Set the speed to transmit data in a ThinPrint
environment.
PPaacckkeett SSiizzee ((kkbbyytteess))
0–64000 (0*)
Set the packet size for data transmission.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 237
Use the Printer Menus
USB
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPCCLL SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
Off
On*
Set the printer to switch to PCL emulation when a print
job received through a USB port requires it, regardless
of the default printer language.
If PCL SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
PPSS SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh
Off
On*
Set the printer to switch to PS emulation when a print
job received through a USB port requires it, regardless
of the default printer language.
If PS SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not
examine incoming data and uses the default printer
language specified in the Setup menu.
JJoobb BBuuffffeerriinngg
Off*
On
Temporarily store jobs on the printer hard disk before
printing.
This menu item appears only when a hard disk
installed.
MMaacc BBiinnaarryy PPSS
On
Auto*
Off
Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript
print jobs.
• When set to On, the printer processes raw binary
PostScript print jobs from computers using the
Macintosh operating system.
• When set to Auto, the printer processes print jobs
from computers using either Windows or Macintosh
operating systems
• When set to Off, the printer filters PostScript print
jobs using the standard protocol.
EEnnaabbllee UUSSBB PPoorrtt
Off
On*
Enable the standard USB port.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
238 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
RESTRICT EXTERNAL NETWORK ACCESS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
RReessttrriicctt eexxtteerrnnaall nneettwwoorrkk aacccceessss
• On
• Off
If enabled, the printer monitors for restricted external
network connections. If detected, the printer disables
the network connection and sends an e-mail
notification.
EExxtteerrnnaall nneettwwoorrkk aaddddrreessss The external network address detected.
EE--mmaaiill aaddddrreessss ffoorr nnoottiiffiiccaattiioonn The e-mail address to notify in the event an external
network address is detected.
PPiinngg ffrreeqquueennccyy
1–300
The frequency with which the printer pings for an
external network address.
SSuubbjjeecctt Free form field that can contain up to 255 characters
to fill for the notification subject of the e-mail.
MMeessssaaggee Free form field that can contain up to 255 characters
to fill for the message of the notification e-mail.
UNIVERSAL PRINT
Universal Print is a cloud-based print protocol that provides a simple and secure print solution for Microsoft®365
users. Universal Print allows administrators to manage printers without the need for on-premises print servers.
Universal Print enables users to access cloud printers without the need for print drivers.
You can use the Universal Print page to register your Xerox®device for Universal Print.
PPrreerreeqquuiissiitteess
• Microsoft Azure AD Account
• Windows 10 Client version 1903 or higher
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSttaattuuss Device is not currently registered with Universal Print.
RReeggiissttrraattiioonn User can use the Universal print page to register the Xerox®device for Universal
Print.
PPrriinntteerr NNaammee The Default printer name appears. User can also update the Xerox®printer name.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 239
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
RReeggiisstteerr To register, do the following steps:
1 Go to SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> UUnniivveerrssaall PPrriinntt, then click RReeggiisstteerr. The
Registration process authenticates the device with Microsoft®Azure®Active
Directory.
2 The Register Device window appears. To copy the registration code, click
CCooppyy, then click the link https://microsoft.com/devicelogin.
Note: The registration code expires after 15 minutes. The registration
process needs to be completed before the code expires.
3 A Microsoft-managed webpage opens. Do the following steps:
a Paste the registration code into the code field in the Enter code
window, then click NNeexxtt.
b Select the appropriate Microsoft®account in the Pick an account
window.
Note: For registration, select an available Microsoft®account. The
selected account is used solely to establish a trusted connection for
the device with the Universal Print service. After registration, Universal
Print does not use the account again.
4 A Xerox Universal Print window appears. Click CCoonnttiinnuuee and close the
window.
Note: For more information, refer to the Embedded Web Server Administrator Guide.
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSttaattuuss Device is online and registered with Universal Print.
RReeggiissttrraattiioonn User can use the Universal print page to deregister the Xerox®device for
Universal Print.
PPrriinntteerr NNaammee Registered printer name appears.
DDeerreeggiisstteerr Use this function to deregister the device from the Universal Print Service.
Additional information for Universal Print
To add a Printer from Windows Server
1. Go to SSeettttiinnggss >> PPrriinntteerr && SSccaannnneerrss, then click AAdddd aa pprriinntteerr oorr ssccaannnneerr.
2. Select the printer from the printer list, then click AAdddd ddeevviiccee. If the printer does not appear in the list, do the
following steps:
a. Go to SSeeaarrcchh ffoorr pprriinntteerrss iinn mmyy oorrggaanniizzaattiioonn.
b. Type the registered name on the text field, and click SSeeaarrcchh. Once the printer appears on the list, click AAdddd
DDeevviiccee.
240 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Security
LOGIN METHODS
Manage Permissions
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFuunnccttiioonn AAcccceessss
Access Address Book in Apps
Modify Address Book
Manage Shortcuts
Create Profiles
Manage Bookmarks
Flash Drive Print
Flash Drive Color Printing
Flash Drive Scan
Copy Function
Copy Color Printing
Color Dropout
E-mail Function
Fax Function
FTP Function
Release Held Faxes
Held Jobs Access
User Profiles
Cancel Jobs at the Device
Change Language
Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)
Initiate Scans Remotely
B/W Print
Color Print
Network Folder — Scan
Control access to the printer functions.
AAddmmiinniissttrraattiivvee MMeennuuss Control access to the printer menu settings.
242 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Security Menu
Network/Ports Menu
Paper Menu
Reports Menu
Function Configuration Menus
Supplies Menu
Option Card Menu
SE Menu
Device Menu
Supplies Plan Menu
DDeevviiccee MMaannaaggeemmeenntt
Remote Management
Firmware Updates
Apps Configuration
Embedded Web Server Access
Import/Export All Settings
Out of Service Erase
Control access to the printer management options.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 243
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAppppss
New Apps
Slideshow
Change Wallpaper
Screen Saver
Card Copy
Scan Center
Scan Center Custom 1
Scan Center Custom 2
Scan Center Custom 3
Scan Center Custom 4
Scan Center Custom 5
Scan Center Custom 6
Scan Center Custom 7
Scan Center Custom 8
Scan Center Custom 9
Scan Center Custom 10
Control access to printer applications.
244 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Local Accounts
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAdddd UUsseerr
• User Name/Password
– Name
– User Name
– E-mail
– Password
– Confirm Password
– PIN
• Permission Groups
– All Users
– Admin
– Add New Group
– Group Name
– Access Controls: Function Access
– Modify Address Book
– Manage Bookmarks
– Flash Drive Print
– Flash Drive Color Printing
– Held Jobs Access
– Cancel Jobs at the Device
– Change Language
– Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)
– B/W Print
– Color Print
Create local accounts to manage access to the printer
functions.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 245
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
– Network Folder — Scan
– Access Controls: Administrative Menus
– Security Menu
– Network/Ports Menu
– Paper Menu
– Reports Menu
– Function Configuration Menus
– Supplies Menu
– Option Card Menu
– SE Menu
– Device Menu
– Supplies Plan Menu
– Access Controls: Device Management
– Remote Management
– Firmware Updates
– Import/Export All Settings
– Out of Service Erase
– Embedded Web Server Access
NNeeww GGrroouupp//EEddiitt GGrroouupp
Import Access Controls
• All Users
• Admin
Access Controls
• Function Access
– Modify Address Book
– Manage Bookmarks
– Flash Drive Print
– Flash Drive Color Printing
– Held Jobs Access
– Cancel Jobs at the Device
– Change Language
– Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)
– B/W Print
Control group or user access to printer functions,
applications, and security settings.
246 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
– Color Print
– Network Folder Scan
• Administrative Menus
– Security Menu
– Network/Ports Menu
– Paper Menu
– Reports Menu
– Function Configuration Menus
– Supplies Menu
– Option Card Menu
– SE Menu
– Device Menu
– Supplies Plan Menu
• Device Management
– Remote Management
– Firmware Updates
– Import/Export All Settings
– Out of Service Erase
– Embedded Web Server Access
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 247
Use the Printer Menus
Network Accounts
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAdddd LLooggiinn MMeetthhoodd
Active Directory
Status is Joined or Not Joined.
Join an Active Directory Domain:
• Domain
• User Name
• Password
• Organization Unit
Create local accounts to manage access to the printer
functions.
AAdddd LLooggiinn MMeetthhoodd
LDAP — LDAP Setup
Authentication Type
• LDAP
• LDAP + GSSAPI
General Information
• Setup Name
• Server Address
• Server Port
• Required User Input
– User Name and Password
Control group or user access to printer functions,
applications, and security settings.
248 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
– User Name
Device Credentials
• Anonymous LDAP Bind
• Device Username
• Device Password
Advanced Options
• Use SSL/TLS
• Require Certificate
• User ID Attribute
• Mail Attribute
• Fax Number Attribute
• Full Name Attribute
• Home Directory Attribute
• Group Membership Attribute
• Search Base
• Search Timeout
• Follow LDAP Referrals
Search Specific Object Classes
• person
• Custom Object Class 1
• Custom Object Class 2
• Custom Object Class 3
Address Book Setup
• Displayed Name
• Max Search Results
• Use user credentials
•SSeeaarrcchh AAttttrriibbuutteess
– cn
– sn
– givenName
– samaccountname
– uid
– [mail attribute]
– [fax attribute]
– Custom Attribute 1
– Custom Attribute 2
– Custom Attribute 3
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 249
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
– Custom Filter
AAdddd LLooggiinn MMeetthhoodd
Kerberos — Kerberos Setup
• KDC Address
• KDC Port
• KDC Realm
Import Kerberos File
Miscellaneous Settings
• Character Encoding
• Disable Revers IP Lookups
– Yes
– No
CERTIFICATE MANAGEMENT
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CCoonnffiigguurree CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee AAuuttoo UUppddaattee
• On
• Off
To configure certificate auto update, the printer must
be joined to an Active Directory Domain.
CCoonnffiigguurree CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee DDeeffaauullttss
• Common Name
• Organization Name
• Unit Name
• Country/Region
• Province Name
• City Name
• Subject Alternative Name
The settings defined on the Set Certificate Defaults
window are used as the defaults for all generated
certificates.
Common Name: Leave this field bland to default the
Common Name to the hostname.
Organization Name: Leave this field blank to use the
manufacturer name as the Organization Name.
Country/Region: The country Name (C) must conform
to ISO 3166 (2 characters only) or the certificate will
not be generated.
Subject Alternate Name: The Alternative Name (AN)
and prefix must confirm to RFC 2459 or the certificate
will not be generated. If you want the Subject
Alternate Name.
250 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
DDeevviiccee CCeerrttiiffiiccaatteess
• Generate
• Import
• Delete
The Device Certificates that are installed on the printer
appear in the table below. Details include their Friendly
Name, Common Name, Issuer Common Name, dates
of validity, and an indication if they are signed or
unsigned.
MMaannaaggee CCAA CCeerrttiiffiiccaatteess
• Upload CA
• Delete
The Manage CA Certificates area shows any certificate
authority certificates that are uploaded to the printer.
If a CA certificate is uploaded, the table shows the CA
Common Name and the dates of validity.
SCHEDULE USB DEVICES
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SScchheedduulleess
Add New Schedule
Schedule access to the USB ports.
SECURITY AUDIT LOG
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
EEnnaabbllee AAuuddiitt
Off*
On
Record the events in the secure audit log and remote
syslog.
EEnnaabbllee RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg
Off*
On
Send audit logs to a remote server.
RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg SSeerrvveerr Specify the remote syslog server.
RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg PPoorrtt
1–65535 (514*)
Specify the remote syslog port.
RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg MMeetthhoodd
Normal UDP*
Stunnel
Specify a syslog method to transmit logged events to a
remote server.
RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg FFaacciilliittyy
0 - Kernel Messages
1 - User-Level Messages
2 - Mail System
Specify a facility code that the printer uses when
sending log events to a remote server.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 251
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
3 - System Daemons
4 - Security/Authorization Messages*
5 - Messages Generated Internally by Syslogs
6 - Line Printer Subsystem
7 - Network News Subsystem
8 - UUCP Subsystem
9 - Clock Daemon
10 - Security/Authorization Messages
11 - FTP Daemon
12 - NTP Subsystem
13 - Log Audit
14 - Log Alert
15 - Clock Daemon
16 - Local Use 0 (local0)
17- Local Use 1 (local1)
18 - Local Use 2 (local2)
19 - Local Use 3 (local3)
20 - Local Use 4 (local4)
21 - Local Use 5 (local5)
22 - Local Use 6 (local6)
23 - Local Use 7 (local7)
SSeevveerriittyy ooff EEvveennttss ttoo LLoogg
0 - Emergency
1 - Alert
2 - Critical
3 - Error
4 - Warning*
5 - Notice
6 - Informational
7 - Debug
Specify the priority level cutoff for logging messages
and events.
RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg NNoonn--LLooggggeedd EEvveennttss Send all events, regardless of severity level, to the
252 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Off*
On
remote server.
AAddmmiinn’’ss EE--mmaaiill AAddddrreessss Send e-mail notification of logged events to the
administrator.
EE--mmaaiill LLoogg CClleeaarreedd AAlleerrtt
Off*
On
Send e-mail notification to the administrator when a
log entry is deleted.
EE--mmaaiill LLoogg WWrraappppeedd AAlleerrtt
Off*
On
Send e-mail notification to the administrator when the
log becomes full and begins to overwrite the oldest
entries.
LLoogg FFuullll BBeehhaavviioorr
Wrap Over Older Entries*
E-mail Log Then Delete All Entries
Resolve log storage issues when the log fills its allotted
memory.
EE--mmaaiill %% FFuullll AAlleerrtt
Off*
On
Send e-mail notification to the administrator when the
log fills its allotted memory.
%% FFuullll AAlleerrtt LLeevveell
1–99 (90*)
EE--mmaaiill LLoogg EExxppoorrtteedd AAlleerrtt
Off*
On
Send e-mail notification to the administrator when a
log is exported.
EE--mmaaiill LLoogg SSeettttiinnggss CChhaannggeedd AAlleerrtt
Off*
On
Send e-mail notification to the administrator when
Enable Audit is set.
LLoogg LLiinnee EEnnddiinnggss
LF (\n)*
CR (\r)
CRLF (\r\n)
Specify how the log file terminates the end of each
line.
DDiiggiittaallllyy SSiiggnn EExxppoorrttss
Off*
On
Add a digital signature to each exported log file.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 253
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
CClleeaarr LLoogg Delete all audit logs.
EExxppoorrtt LLoogg
Syslog (RFC 5424)
Syslog (RFC 3164)
CSV
Export a security log to a flash drive.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
LOGIN RESTRICTIONS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
LLooggiinn ffaaiilluurreess
1–10 (3*)
Specify the number of failed login attempts before the
user gets locked out.
FFaaiilluurree ttiimmee ffrraammee
1–60 minutes (5*)
Specify the time frame between failed login attempts
before the user gets locked out.
LLoocckkoouutt ttiimmee
1–60 minutes (5*)
Specify the lockout duration.
WWeebb LLooggiinn TTiimmeeoouutt
1–120 minutes (10*)
Specify the delay for a remote login before the user is
logged off automatically.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
CONFIDENTIAL PRINT SETUP
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
MMaaxx IInnvvaalliidd PPIINN
2–10
Set the number of times an invalid PIN can be entered.
• A value of zero turns off this setting.
• When the limit is reached, the print jobs for that
user name and PIN are deleted.
• This menu item appears only when a hard disk is
installed.
CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn
Off*
1 Hour
4 Hours
Set the expiration time for confidential print jobs.
• If this menu item is changed while confidential
print jobs reside in the printer memory or hard disk,
then the expiration time for those print jobs does
not change to the new default value.
254 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
24 Hours
1 Week
• If the printer is turned off, then all confidential jobs
held in the printer memory are deleted.
RReeppeeaatt JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn
Off*
1 Hour
4 Hours
24 Hours
1 Week
Set the expiration time for a print job that you want to
repeat.
VVeerriiffyy JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn
Off*
1 Hour
4 Hours
24 Hours
1 Week
Set the expiration time that the printer prints a copy
for the user to examine its quality, before printing the
remaining copies.
RReesseerrvvee JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn
Off*
1 Hour
4 Hours
24 Hours
1 Week
Set the expiration time that the printer stores print jobs
for printing later.
RReeqquuiirree AAllll JJoobbss ttoo bbee HHeelldd
Off*
On
Set the printer to hold all print jobs.
KKeeeepp dduupplliiccaattee ddooccuummeennttss
Off*
On
Set the printer to print other documents with the same
file name without overwriting any of the print jobs.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
DISK ENCRYPTION
Note: This menu appears only when a printer hard disk is installed.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 255
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSttaattuuss
Enabled
Disabled
Determine whether Disk Encryption is enabled.
SSttaarrtt eennccrryyppttiioonn Prevent the loss of sensitive data in case the printer or
its hard disk is stolen.
Enabling disk encryption erases all contents in the hard
disk. If necessary, back up important data from the
printer before starting the encryption.
ERASE TEMPORARY DATA FILES
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
SSttoorreedd iinn oonnbbooaarrdd mmeemmoorryy
Off*
On
Delete all files stored on the printer memory.
SSttoorreedd oonn hhaarrdd ddiisskk
1 Pass Erase*
3 Pass Erase
7 Pass Erase
Delete all files stored on the printer hard disk.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
SOLUTIONS LDAP SETTINGS
UUSSEE TTOO
FFoollllooww LLDDAAPP RReeffeerrrraallss
Off*
On
Search the different servers in the domain for the
logged-in user account.
LLDDAAPP CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee VVeerriiffiiccaattiioonn
No*
Yes
Enable verification of LDAP certificates.
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
256 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
MISCELLANEOUS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPrrootteecctteedd FFeeaattuurreess
Show*
Hide
Show all the features that Function Access Control
(FAC) protects regardless of the security permission
that the user has.
FAC manages access to specific menus and functions
or disables them entirely.
PPrriinntt PPeerrmmiissssiioonn
Off*
On
Let the user log in before printing.
DDeeffaauulltt PPrriinntt PPeerrmmiissssiioonn LLooggiinn Set the default login for Print Permission.
SSeeccuurriittyy RReesseett JJuummppeerr
Enable “Guest” access*
No Effect
Specify the effect of using the security reset jumper.
• The jumper is located beside a lock icon on the
controller board.
• Enable “Guest” access provides full access control to
users who are not logged in.
• No Effect means that the reset has no effect on the
printer security configuration.
MMiinniimmuumm PPaasssswwoorrdd LLeennggtthh
0–32 (0*)
Specify the minimum characters that are allowed for a
password.
EEnnaabbllee PPaasssswwoorrdd//PPIINN RReevveeaall
• Off
• On
Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 257
Use the Printer Menus
Reports
MENU SETTINGS PAGE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
MMeennuu SSeettttiinnggss PPaaggee Print a report that contains the printer preferences,
settings, and configurations.
DEVICE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
DDeevviiccee IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn Print a report that contains information about the
printer.
DDeevviiccee SSttaattiissttiiccss Print a report about printer usage and supply status.
PPrrooffiillee LLiisstt Print a list of profiles that are stored in the printer.
SHORTCUTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAllll SShhoorrttccuuttss Print a report that lists the shortcuts that are stored in
the printer.
FFaaxx SShhoorrttccuuttss
CCooppyy SShhoorrttccuuttss
EE--mmaaiill SShhoorrttccuuttss
FFTTPP SShhoorrttccuuttss
NNeettwwoorrkk FFoollddeerr SShhoorrttccuuttss
FAX
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
FFaaxx JJoobb LLoogg Print a report about the last 200 completed fax jobs.
This menu item appears only when Enable Job Log is
set to On.
FFaaxx CCaallll LLoogg Print a report about the last 100 attempted, received,
and blocked calls.
This menu item appears only when Enable Job Log is
set to On.
258 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
NETWORK
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp PPaaggee Print a page that shows the configured network and
wireless settings on the printer.
This menu item appears only in network printers or
printers connected to print servers.
WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt CCoonnnneecctteedd CClliieennttss View or print a page that shows the Wi-Fi Direct
Connected Clients. The MAC Address and Hostname of
the Wi-Fi Direct Connected Clients appears.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 259
Use the Printer Menus
Supplies Plan
PLAN ACTIVATION
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Sequence Number
• Device Serial Number
• Activation Code
It describes the details of the activation process for the
purchased Supplies plan. Contact your Xerox
representative to get a Supplies Activation Code.
Subscription Service plans are not offered in all
geographic locations
For more information about Xerox®supplies and service
plans, contact your Xerox representative.
PLAN CONVERSION
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Current Plan
• Device Serial Number
• Total Impressions
• Conversion Code
It describes the details of the conversion process for
the existing Supplies plan. Contact your Xerox
representative to get a Supplies Conversion Code.
Subscription Service plans are not offered in all
geographic locations
For more information about Xerox®supplies and service
plans, contact your Xerox representative.
SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• Status It indicates the subscription status.
• Check Subscription To activate a Subscription Service Plan, do the
following:
1 Go to SSeettttiinnggss >> SSuupppplliieess PPllaann >> SSuubbssccrriippttiioonn
SSeerrvviiccee.
2 For Subscription Service, click CChheecckk SSuubbssccrriippttiioonn,
then follow the directions provided by your Xerox
representative.
260 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Address Book
CONTACTS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAdddd CCoonnttaacctt — Edit Contact
• Contact Information
– First Name
– Last Name
– Company
– E-mail Address
– Fax
• Contact Group Membership
• Authentication/Permissions
Login Method
• None
• User Name/Password
– User Name
– Password
– Confirm Password
• User Name
– User Name
• Password
– Password
– Confirm Password
• PIN
– Enter PIN
– Confirm PIN
• Permission Groups
–AAdddd NNeeww GGrroouupp
– Group Name
– Import Access Controls
•AAdddd ttoo GGrroouupp
– New Group
– <Group Name> Group
Use the AAdddd CCoonnttaacctt link to create contacts to add to
the address book.
If you select options for Authentication/Permissions
other than NNoonnee, the Permission Groups menu
appears.
To create new groups, click AAdddd NNeeww GGrroouupp. You can
import access controls or specify individual access
controls for the new group on the New Group page.
If you have already created groups, the AAdddd ttoo GGrroouupp
button becomes active. When you click AAdddd ttoo GGrroouupp,
you can select New Group to create a group, or you
can select a group that is already created.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 261
Use the Printer Menus
CONTACT GROUPS
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAdddd GGrroouupp — Edit Contact Group
• Group Name
• Group Members
• Permission Groups
–AAdddd GGrroouupp
– Group Name
– Members: Indicates the number of
contacts in the group.
Use the AAdddd CCoonnttaacctt link to create contacts to add to
the address book.
If you select options for Authentication/Permissions
other than NNoonnee, the Permission Groups menu
appears.
To create new groups, click AAdddd NNeeww GGrroouupp. You can
import access controls or specify individual access
controls for the new group on the New Group page.
To delete a group, select an option in the Contact
Groups list, then click Delete.
262 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Bookmarks
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
AAdddd BBooookkmmaarrkk — Edit Contact Group
• Bookmark Overview
– Bookmark Name
– Address: Click the down arrow to select an
option:
– http://
– https://
– ftp://
– smb://
Enter the address in the second field.
– PIN
– Parent folder
• Print Options
– Copies: Enter a range between 1–9999.
– Sides
– Off
– On
– Flip Style
– Long Edge
– Short Edge
– Collate
– Off [1,1,1,2,2,2]
– On [1,2,1,2,1,2]
– Pages per Side Ordering
– Horizontal
– Reverse Horizontal
– Vertical
– Reverse Vertical
– Pages per Side Border
– None
– Solid
You can specify bookmarks to save in the embedded
Web server. You can set up folders to organize
bookmarks.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 263
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
– Pages per Side
– Off
– 2 pages per side
– 3 pages per side
– 4 pages per side
– 6 pages per side
– 9 pages per side
– 12 pages per side
– 16 pages per side
• Paper Handling
– Paper Source
– Tray 1
– Manual Paper
– Manual Envelope
– Pages per Side Orientation
– Auto
– Landscape
– Portrait
– Output Bin
AAdddd FFoollddeerr
• Folder Name
• PIN
• Parent Folder
Enter a FFoollddeerr NNaammee using letters or numbers. Do not
use special characters, including /,\,?,:,>,<,|,".
PPIINN is optional. If you enter a PIN, it must be 4 digits
in length and only use numeric values 0–9.
DDeelleettee If bookmarks are present, to delete a bookmark, select
it from the list then click DDeelleettee.
264 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Apps
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
Installed Apps
IInnssttaallll aanndd aapppp
• App file to install: To locate the app you want to
install, click BBrroowwssee.
• To install the selected app, click IInnssttaallll.
• To cancel the action, click CCaanncceell.
The name, description, and state of any installed app
appears on this screen.
To install a new app, click IInnssttaallll aann aapppp.
App Framework Configuration
• Framework Version Information
• Framework Resource Information
• Framework Configuration
– Allow Remote Flashing
– Use printer’s proxy settings
• HTTP
– Proxy Server
– Proxy Port
• HTTPS
– Proxy Server
– Proxy Port
• Proxy Credentials
– Proxy Username
– Proxy Password
– DNS TTL
– Accept Cookies
• Remove All Cookies
WebView Configuration
Card Copy
• Stop
• Configure
• View Log
•
• Description: Card Copy allows the user to scan each
side of an ID card and print both sides on one side
of a sheet of paper. This scan can be sent to an
email address or a network share.
• Version
• License Status
Display Customization
• Stop
• Configure
• Description: Customize an MFP screen with custom
images that can be displayed as a slide show,
displayed as wallpaper or used as a screensaver.
• Version
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 265
Use the Printer Menus
MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
• View Log • License Status
Scan Center
• Stop
• Configure
• View Log
• Description: Scan a document once and
automatically route the image to one or more
selectable destinations.
• Version
• License Status
Scan Center — E-mail
• Stop
• Configure
• View Log
• Plug-in for Scan Center that allows scanned images
to be sent as e-mail.
• Version
• License Status
Scan Center — Fax
• Stop
• Configure
• View Log
• Description: Plug-in for Scan Center that allows
scanned images to be sent as faxes.
• Version
• License Status
Scan Center — Network Folders
• Stop
• Configure
• View Log
• Description: Plug-in for Scan Center that allows
scanned images to be saved to network folders.
• Version
• License Status
Scan Center — Printer
• Stop
• Configure
• View Log
• Description: Plug-in for Scan Center that enables
scanning and printing of documents.
• Version
• License Status
Shortcut Center
• Stop
• Configure
• View Log
• Description: Create personalized copy, fax and e-mail
shortcuts on the touch screen to simplify common
tasks.
• Version
• License Status
266 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Use the Printer Menus
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 267
11
Maintain the Printer
This chapter contains:
Checking the Status of Supplies............................................................................................................268
Configuring supply notifications............................................................................................................269
Setting up e-mail alerts.......................................................................................................................270
Viewing reports .................................................................................................................................271
Ordering supplies...............................................................................................................................272
Replacing supplies..............................................................................................................................273
Cleaning printer parts.........................................................................................................................282
Saving energy and paper.....................................................................................................................286
Moving the printer .............................................................................................................................287
WWaarrnniinngg:: Failure to maintain optimum printer performance, or to replace parts and supplies, may cause
damage to your printer.
Checking the Status of Supplies
1. From the home screen, touch SSttaattuuss//SSuupppplliieess.
2. Select the parts or supplies that you want to check.
Note: You can also access this setting by touching the top section of the home screen.
268 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the Printer
Configuring supply notifications
1. Open a Web browser, then in the address field, type the printer IP address.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, to load the Web page correctly, disable the proxy server temporarily.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss.
3. From the Supplies menu, click CCuussttoomm SSuuppppllyy NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss.
The Custom Supply Notification screen appears. This screen shows all of the supply notification options that
you can configure.
4. To configure each supply notification, click the name of the supply to expand its pane, then select the
notifications that you want.
5. When you are finished, click SSaavvee.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 269
Maintain the Printer
Setting up e-mail alerts
Configure the printer to send e-mail alerts when supplies are low, when paper must be changed or added, or when
there is a paper jam.
1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.
• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers
separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.
• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.
2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss >EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrtt SSeettuupp, and then configure the settings.
Note: For more information on SMTP settings, contact your e-mail provider.
3. Click SSeettuupp EE--mmaaiill LLiissttss aanndd AAlleerrttss, and then configure the settings.
4. Apply the changes.
270 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the Printer
Ordering supplies
To view and order supplies for your printer, go to https://www.xerox.com/supplies, then enter your product in the
search field.
Note: All life estimates for printer supplies assume printing on letter- or A4-size plain paper.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Failure to maintain optimum printer performance, or to replace parts and supplies, may cause
damage to your printer.
USING GENUINE XEROX SUPPLIES
Your Xerox printer is designed to function best with genuine Xerox supplies. Use of third-party supplies can affect
the performance, reliability, or life of the printer and its imaging components. It can also affect warranty coverage.
Damage caused by the use of third-party supplies is not covered by the warranty.
All life indicators are designed to function with Xerox supplies and can deliver unpredictable results if third-party
supplies are used. Imaging component usage beyond the intended life can damage your Xerox printer or
associated components.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Supplies without Return Program agreement terms can be reset and remanufactured. However,
the manufacturer’s warranty does not cover any damage caused by non-genuine supplies. Resetting
counters on the supply without proper remanufacturing can cause damage to your printer. After resetting
the supply counter, your printer may display an error indicating the presence of the reset item.
272 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the Printer
Replacing supplies
REPLACING A TONER CARTRIDGE
1. Open door B until it clicks into place.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed
metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
2. Remove the used toner cartridge.
3. Unpack the new toner cartridge.
4. Insert the new toner cartridge.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 273
Maintain the Printer
5. Close door B.
REPLACING THE WASTE TONER BOTTLE
1. Open door B until it clicks into place.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed metal frame of the printer
before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
2. Open door A.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
274 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the Printer
7. Insert the right side cover.
8. Close door B.
9. Close door A.
REPLACING AN IMAGING KIT
1. Open door B until it clicks into place.
WWaarrnniinngg:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed metal frame of the printer
before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
276 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the Printer
2. Open door A.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
3. Remove the right side cover.
4. Remove the waste toner bottle.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 277
Maintain the Printer
5. Remove the toner cartridges.
6. Remove the used imaging kit.
7. Unpack the new imaging kit.
BBLLAACCKK IIMMAAGGIINNGG KKIITT BBLLAACCKK AANNDD CCOOLLOORR IIMMAAGGIINNGG KKIITT
• The black imaging kit includes the black imaging unit and the imaging unit tray.
• The black and color imaging kit includes the black, cyan, magenta, and yellow imaging units and the
imaging unit tray.
278 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the Printer
• When replacing the black imaging kit, save the cyan, magenta, and yellow imaging units from the used
imaging unit tray.
8. Remove the packing material.
Note: If you are replacing the black imaging kit, insert the magenta, cyan, and yellow imaging units into the
new imaging unit tray.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Do not expose the imaging kit to direct light. Extended exposure to light may cause print
quality problems.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Do not touch the photoconductor drum. Doing so may affect the quality of future print jobs.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 279
Maintain the Printer
Cleaning printer parts
CLEANING THE PRINTER
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock when cleaning the exterior of the
printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before
proceeding.
• Perform this task after every few months.
• Damage to the printer caused by improper handling is not covered by the printer warranty.
1. Turn off the printer, then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
2. Remove paper from the standard bin and multipurpose feeder.
3. Remove any dust, lint, and pieces of paper around the printer using a soft brush or vacuum.
4. Wipe the outside of the printer with a damp, soft, lint-free cloth.
• Do not use household cleaners or detergents, as they may damage the finish of the printer.
• Make sure that all areas of the printer are dry after cleaning.
5. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, then turn on the printer.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
CLEANING THE TOUCH SCREEN
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electric shock when cleaning the exterior of the
printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before
proceeding.
1. Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
2. Using a damp, soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the touch screen.
• Do not use household cleaners or detergents, as they may damage the touch screen.
• Make sure that the touch screen is dry after cleaning.
3. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then turn on the printer.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord
to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily
accessible.
282 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the Printer
c. ADF glass
d. Scanner glass
3. Close the scanner cover.
If your printer has another ADF glass inside door C, then continue with the following steps.
4. Open door C.
5. Using a damp, soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the following areas:
a. ADF glass pad in door C
b. ADF glass in door C
284 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the Printer
Saving energy and paper
CONFIGURING THE POWER SAVE MODE SETTINGS
Sleep Mode
1. From the control panel, navigate to: SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPoowweerr MMaannaaggeemmeenntt >> TTiimmeeoouuttss >> SSlleeeepp MMooddee
2. Enter the amount of time that the printer stays idle before it enters Sleep mode.
Hibernate mode
1. From the control panel, navigate to: SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPoowweerr MMaannaaggeemmeenntt >> TTiimmeeoouuttss >> HHiibbeerrnnaattee
MMooddee
2. Select the amount of time before the printer enters Hibernate mode.
• Make sure to wake the printer from Hibernate mode before sending a print job.
• To wake the printer from Hibernate mode, press the power button.
• The Embedded Web Server is disabled when the printer is in Hibernate mode.
ADJUSTING THE BRIGHTNESS OF THE DISPLAY
Note: This setting is available only in some printer models.
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPrreeffeerreenncceess
2. In the Screen Brightness menu, adjust the setting.
CONSERVING SUPPLIES
• Print on both sides of the paper.
Note: Two-sided printing is the default setting in the print driver.
• Print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
• Use the preview feature to see how the document looks like before printing it.
• Print one copy of the document to check its content and format for accuracy.
286 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Maintain the Printer
Moving the printer
MOVING THE PRINTER TO ANOTHER LOCATION
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: If the printer weight is greater than 20kg (44lb), then it requires
two or more trained personnel to lift it safely.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord
provided with this product or the manufacturer's authorized replacement.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: When moving the printer, follow these guidelines to avoid personal
injury or printer damage:
• Make sure that all doors and trays are closed.
• Turn off the printer, then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.
• Disconnect all cords and cables from the printer.
• If the printer has separate floor-standing optional trays or output options attached to it, then disconnect them
before moving the printer.
• If the printer has a caster base, then carefully roll it to the new location. Use caution when passing over
thresholds and breaks in flooring.
• If the printer does not have a caster base but is configured with optional trays or output options, then remove
the output options and lift the printer off the trays. Do not try to lift the printer and any options at the same
time.
• Always use the hand holds on the printer to lift it.
• Any cart used to move the printer must have a surface able to support the full footprint of the printer.
• Any cart used to move the hardware options must have a surface able to support the dimensions of the options.
• Keep the printer in an upright position.
• Avoid severe jarring movements.
• Make sure that your fingers are not under the printer when you set it down.
• Make sure that there is adequate clearance around the printer.
Note: Damage to the printer caused by improper moving is not covered by the printer warranty.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 287
Maintain the Printer
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 289
12
Troubleshooting
This chapter contains:
Network connection problems..............................................................................................................290
Hardware options problems.................................................................................................................293
Printing problems...............................................................................................................................296
Issues with supplies............................................................................................................................331
Paper feed problems...........................................................................................................................333
Color quality problems........................................................................................................................348
Faxing problems ................................................................................................................................351
Scanning problems.............................................................................................................................356
Contacting customer support...............................................................................................................361
Network connection problems
CANNOT OPEN EMBEDDED WEB SERVER
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Check if the printer is on.
Is the printer on?
Go to step 2. Turn on the printer.
SStteepp 22
Make sure that the printer IP
address is correct.
View the printer IP address:
• From the home screen
• From the TCP/IP section in the
Network/Ports menu
• By printing a network setup
page or menu settings page,
then finding the TCP/IP section
An IP address appears as four sets
of numbers separated by periods,
such as 123.123.123.123.
Is the printer IP address correct?
Go to step 3. Type the correct printer IP address
in the address field.
SStteepp 33
Check if you are using a supported
browser:
• Internet Explorer®version 11 or
later
• Microsoft Edge™
• Safari version 6 or later
• Google Chrome™version 32 or
later
• Mozilla Firefox version 24 or
later
Is your browser supported?
Go to step 4. Install a supported browser.
SStteepp 44
Check if the network connection is
working.
Is the network connection working?
Go to step 5. Contact your administrator.
290 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 55
Make sure that the cable
connections to the printer and print
server is secure. For more
information, see the documentation
that came with the printer.
Are the cable connections secure?
Go to step 6. Secure the cable connections.
SStteepp 66
Check if the web proxy servers are
disabled.
Are the web proxy servers disabled?
Go to step 7. Contact your administrator.
SStteepp 77
Access the Embedded Web Server.
Did the Embedded Web Server
open?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
UNABLE TO READ FLASH DRIVE
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Check if the printer is not busy
processing another print, copy,
scan, or fax job.
Is the printer ready?
Go to step 2. Wait for the printer to finish
processing the other job.
SStteepp 22
Check if the flash drive is inserted
into the front USB port.
The flash drive does not work when
it is inserted into the rear USB port.
Is the flash drive inserted into the
correct port?
Go to step 3. Insert the flash drive into the
correct port.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 291
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 33
Check if the flash drive is supported.
For more information, refer to
Supported flash drives and file
types.
Is the flash drive supported?
Go to step 4. Insert a supported flash drive.
SStteepp 44
1 Check if the USB port is
enabled. For more information,
refer to Enabling the USB port.
2 Remove, then insert the flash
drive.
Does the printer recognize the flash
drive?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
ENABLING THE USB PORT
From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >UUSSBB >EEnnaabbllee UUSSBB PPoorrtt
CHECKING THE PRINTER CONNECTIVITY
1. Print the Network Setup Page.
From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk >NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp PPaaggee
2. Check the first section of the page and confirm that the status is connected.
If the status is not connected, then the LAN drop may be inactive or the network cable may be unplugged or
malfunctioning. Contact your administrator for assistance.
292 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Hardware options problems
CANNOT DETECT INTERNAL OPTION
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Turn off the printer, wait for about
10 seconds, then turn on the
printer.
Does the internal option operate
correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Print the Menu Settings Page, then
check if the internal option appears
in the Installed Features list.
Is the internal option listed in the
menu settings page?
Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 293
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 33
Check if the internal option is
installed properly into the controller
board.
1 Turn off the printer, then unplug
the power cord from the
electrical outlet.
2 Make sure that the internal
option is installed in the
appropriate connector in the
controller board.
3 Connect the power cord to the
electrical outlet, then turn on
the printer.
To avoid the risk of fire or
electrical shock, connect the
power cord to an appropriately
rated and properly grounded
electrical outlet that is near the
product and easily accessible.
Does the internal option operate
correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 4.
SStteepp 44
1 Check if the internal option is
available in the print driver.
If necessary, manually add the
internal option in the print driver
to make it available for print
jobs. For more information, refer
to Adding available options in
the print driver.
2 Resend the print job.
Does the internal option operate
correctly?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
DEFECTIVE FLASH DETECTED
Try one or more of the following:
• Replace the defective flash memory.
• From the printer control panel, select CCoonnttiinnuuee to ignore the message and continue printing.
294 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
• Cancel the current print job.
NOT ENOUGH FREE SPACE IN FLASH MEMORY FOR RESOURCES
Try one or more of the following:
• From the printer control panel, select CCoonnttiinnuuee to clear the message and continue printing.
• Delete fonts, macros, and other data stored in the flash memory.
• Install flash memory with larger capacity.
Note: Downloaded fonts and macros that are not previously stored in the flash memory are deleted.
UNFORMATTED FLASH DETECTED
Try one or more of the following:
• From the control panel, select CCoonnttiinnuuee to stop the defragmentation and continue printing.
• Format the flash memory.
Note: If the error message remains, then the flash memory may be defective and needs to be replaced.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 295
Troubleshooting
Printing problems
PRINT QUALITY IS POOR
Blank or white pages
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing blank or white
pages?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Dark print
296 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Perform Color Adjust.
From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr
AAddjjuusstt
2 Print the document.
Is the print too dark?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Depending on your operating
system, reduce toner darkness
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
You can also change the setting
on the printer control panel.
Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >>
TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss
2 Print the document.
Is the print too dark?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Is the print too dark?
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 297
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 44
Check if the paper has texture or
rough finishes.
Are you printing on textured or
rough paper?
Go to step 5. Go to step 6.
SStteepp 55
1 Replace textured or rough paper
with plain paper.
2 Print the document.
Is the print too dark?
Go to step 6. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 66
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Is the print too dark?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Ghost images
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
298 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Load the tray with the correct
paper type.
2 Print the document.
Do ghost images appear on prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Do ghost images appear on prints?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 299
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 33
1 Perform Color Adjust.
From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr
AAddjjuusstt
2 Print the document.
Do ghost images appear on prints?
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 44
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Do ghost images appear on prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Gray or colored background
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
300 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Perform Color Adjust.
From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr
AAddjjuusstt
2 Print the document.
Does gray or colored background
appear on prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Does gray or colored background
appear on prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Incorrect margins
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 301
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Adjust the paper guides to the
correct position for the paper
loaded.
2 Print the document.
Are the margins correct?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Set the paper size from the
control panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Are the margins correct?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper size
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
2 Print the document.
Are the margins correct?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Light print
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
302 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Perform Color Adjust.
From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr
AAddjjuusstt
2 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Depending on your operating
system, increase toner darkness
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
You can also change the setting
on the printer control panel.
Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss
2 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Turn off Color Saver.
From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
CCoolloorr SSaavveerr
2 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 44
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
Go to step 5. The problem is solved.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 303
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Is the print light?
SStteepp 55
Check if paper has texture or rough
finishes.
Are you printing on textured or
rough paper?
Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
SStteepp 66
1 Replace textured or rough paper
with plain paper.
2 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Go to step 7. The problem is solved.
304 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 77
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Go to step 8. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 88
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Is the print light?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Missing colors
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 305
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
1 Remove the toner cartridge of
the missing color.
2 Remove the imaging kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
3 Remove, then insert the
developer unit of the missing
color.
4 Insert the imaging kit.
5 Insert the toner cartridge.
6 Print the document.
Are some colors missing on prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Mottled print and dots
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Check the printer for leaked toner
contamination.
Is the printer free of leaked toner?
Go to step 2. Contact Customer Support.
SStteepp 22
1 From the control panel, navigate
to:
Go to step 4. Go to step 3.
306 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Check if the paper size and
paper type settings match the
paper loaded.
Make sure that paper does not
have texture or rough finishes.
Do the settings match?
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper size
and paper type from the
Printing Preferences or Print
dialog.
Make sure that the settings
match the paper loaded.
2 Print the document.
Is the print mottled?
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 307
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 44
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Is the print mottled?
Go to step 5. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 55
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Is the print mottled?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Paper curl
308 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Adjust the guides in the tray to
the correct position for the
paper loaded.
2 Print the document.
Is the paper curled?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Is the paper curled?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
Print on the other side of the paper.
1 Remove paper, flip it over, then
reload paper.
2 Print the document.
Is the paper curled?
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 44
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Is the paper curled?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 309
Troubleshooting
Print crooked or skewed
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Adjust the paper guides in the
tray to the correct position for
the paper loaded.
2 Print the document.
Is the print crooked or skewed?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Is the print crooked or skewed?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Check if the paper loaded is
supported.
If paper is not supported, then
load a supported paper.
2 Print the document.
Is the print crooked or skewed?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
310 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Solid color or black images
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
1 Remove, then reinstall the
imaging kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing solid color or
black images?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Text or images cut off
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 311
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Adjust the paper guides in the
tray to the correct position for
the paper loaded.
2 Print the document.
Are text or images cut off?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper size
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Are text or images cut off?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Are text or images cut off?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
312 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Toner easily rubs off
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 313
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Does toner easily rub off?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Check if the paper weight is
supported.
If paper weight is not
supported, then load a
supported one.
2 Print the document.
Does toner easily rub off?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Does toner easily rub off?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
314 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Uneven print density
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Is the print density uneven?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Horizontal dark lines
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 315
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Do dark lines appear on prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you use it.
2 Print the document.
Do dark lines appear on prints?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Do dark lines appear on prints?
Contact Contact Support. The problem is solved.
316 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Vertical dark lines
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Using a blank sheet of paper, make
a two-sided copy using the ADF.
Do vertical dark lines or streaks
appear on prints?
Go to step 2. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 22
Using a damp, soft, lint-free cloth,
wipe the following areas:
• ADF glass pad (A) and ADF glass
(B)
• ADF glass pad (A) and ADF glass
(B) in door C
Do vertical dark lines or streaks
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 317
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
appear on prints?
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark lines or streaks
appear on prints?
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
318 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 44
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you use it.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark lines or streaks
appear on prints?
Go to step 5. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 55
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light can cause print
quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical dark lines or streaks
appear on prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Horizontal white lines
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
• If horizontal white lines keep appearing on your prints, refer to Repeating defects topic.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 319
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Do horizontal white lines appear on
prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light can cause print
quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Do horizontal white lines appear on
prints?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Vertical white lines
320 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 321
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• You can also change the
setting on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Print the document.
Do vertical white lines appear on
prints?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
Check if you are using the
recommended paper type.
1 Load the paper source with the
recommended paper type.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical white lines appear on
prints?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Remove, then insert the imaging
kit.
Do not expose the imaging kit
to direct light. Extended
exposure to light may cause
print quality problems.
Do not touch the
photoconductor drum under the
imaging kit. Doing so may
affect the quality of future print
jobs.
2 Print the document.
Do vertical white lines appear on
prints?
Contact Customer Service. The problem is solved.
322 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Repeating defects
Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to
SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to
navigate through the settings.
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
1 Using the Print Quality Test
Pages, measure the distance
between the repeating defects
on the affected color page.
2 Check if the repeating defects
match any of the following
measurements: IImmaaggiinngg kkiitt
• 94.20mm (3.71in.)
• 29.80mm (1.17in.)
• 23.20mm (0.91in.)
DDeevveellooppeerr uunniitt
• 43.90mm (1.73in.)
• 45.50mm (1.79in.)
TTrraannssffeerr mmoodduullee
• 37.70mm (1.48in.)
• 78.50mm (3.09in.)
• 55mm (2.17in.)
FFuusseerr
• 79.80mm (3.14in.)
• 94.30mm (3.71in.)
Do the repeating defects match
any of the measurements?
Take note of the distance, then
contact Customer Support.
Take note of the distance, then
contactCustomer Support.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 323
Troubleshooting
CONFIDENTIAL AND OTHER HELD DOCUMENTS DO NOT PRINT
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 From the control panel, check if
the documents appear in the
Held Jobs list.
If the documents are not listed,
then print the documents using
the Print and Hold options.
2 Print the documents.
Are the documents printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
The print job may contain a
formatting error or invalid data.
• Delete the print job, then send it
again.
• For PDF files, generate a new
file, then print the documents.
Are the documents printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
If you are printing from the
Internet, then the printer may be
reading the multiple job titles as
duplicates.
FFoorr WWiinnddoowwss uusseerrss
1 Open the Printing Preferences
dialog.
2 From the Print and Hold section,
select KKeeeepp dduupplliiccaattee
ddooccuummeennttss.
3 Enter a PIN.
4 Resend the print job.
FFoorr MMaacciinnttoosshh uusseerrss
1 Save and name each job
differently.
2 Send the job individually.
Are the documents printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 4.
324 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 44
1 Delete some held jobs to free up
printer memory.
2 Resend the print job.
Are the documents printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 5.
SStteepp 55
1 Add printer memory.
2 Resend the print job.
Are the documents printed?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
SLOW PRINTING
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Make sure that the printer cable is
securely connected to the printer
and to the computer, print server,
option, or other network device.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Make sure that the printer is not
in Eco-Mode or Quiet Mode.
• From the control panel,
navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >EEccoo--
MMooddee
• From the control panel,
navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >
MMaaiinntteennaannccee >
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn MMeennuu >
DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss >QQuuiieett
MMooddee
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the print
Go to step 4. The problem is solved.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 325
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
resolution from the Printing
Preferences or Print dialog.
2 Set the resolution to 4800 CQ.
3 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
SStteepp 44
1 From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
PPrriinntt RReessoolluuttiioonn
2 Set the resolution to 4800 CQ.
3 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 5. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 55
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper type
from the Printing Preferences or
Print dialog.
• Make sure that the setting
matches the paper loaded.
• Heavier paper prints more
slowly.
• Paper narrower than letter,
A4, and legal may print
more slowly.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 6. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 66
1 Make sure that the printer
settings for Texture and Weight
match the paper being loaded.
From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >MMeeddiiaa
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >MMeeddiiaa TTyyppeess
Rough paper textures and heavy
paper weights may print more
slowly.
2 Print the document.
Go to step 7. The problem is solved.
326 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
Is the printer printing slow?
SStteepp 77
Remove held jobs.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 8. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 88
1 Make sure that the printer is not
overheating.
• Allow the printer to cool
down after a long print job.
• Observe the recommended
ambient temperature for the
printer. For more
information, refer to
Selecting a location for the
printer.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
Go to step 9. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 99
1 Add more printer memory.
2 Print the document.
Is the printer printing slow?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
PRINT JOBS DO NOT PRINT
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 From the document you are
trying to print, open the Print
dialog, then check if you have
selected the correct printer.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Check if the printer is on.
2 Resolve any error messages that
appear on the display.
3 Print the document.
Is the document printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 327
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 33
1 Check if the ports are working
and if the cables are securely
connected to the computer and
the printer.
For more information, see the
setup documentation that came
with the printer.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 4.
SStteepp 44
1 Turn off the printer, wait for
about 10 seconds, then turn on
the printer.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed?
The problem is solved. Go to step 5.
SStteepp 55
1 Remove, then reinstall the print
driver.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
THE PRINTER IS NOT RESPONDING
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Check if the power cord is
connected to the electrical outlet.
To avoid the risk of fire or electrical
shock, connect the power cord to an
appropriately rated and properly
grounded electrical outlet that is
near the product and easily
accessible.
Is the printer responding?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Check if the electrical outlet is
turned off by a switch or breaker.
Turn on the switch or reset the
breaker.
Go to step 3.
328 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
Is the electrical outlet turned off by
a switch or breaker?
SStteepp 33
Check if the printer is on.
Is the printer on?
Go to step 4. Turn on the printer.
SStteepp 44
Check if the printer is in Sleep or
Hibernate mode.
Is the printer in Sleep or Hibernate
mode?
Press the power button to wake the
printer.
Go to step 5.
SStteepp 55
Check if the cables connecting the
printer and the computer are
inserted to the correct ports.
Are the cables inserted to the
correct ports?
Go to step 6. Insert the cables to the correct
ports.
SStteepp 66
Turn off the printer, install the
hardware options, then turn on the
printer.
For more information, see the
documentation that came with the
option.
Is the printer responding?
The problem is solved. Go to step 7.
SStteepp 77
Install the correct print driver.
Is the printer responding?
The problem is solved. Go to step 8.
SStteepp 88
Turn off the printer, wait for about
10 seconds, then turn on the
printer.
Is the printer responding?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 329
Troubleshooting
JOB PRINTS FROM THE WRONG TRAY OR ON THE WRONG PAPER
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if you are printing on the
correct paper.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed on the
correct paper?
Go to step 2. Load the correct paper size and
paper type.
SStteepp 22
1 Depending on your operating
system, specify the paper size
and paper type from the
Printing Preferences or Print
dialog.
You can also change the
settings on the printer control
panel. Navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Make sure that the settings
match the paper loaded.
3 Print the document.
Is the document printed on the
correct paper?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Check if the trays are linked.
For more information, refer to
Linking trays.
2 Print the document.
Is the document printed from the
correct tray?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
330 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Issues with supplies
REPLACE CARTRIDGE, PRINTER REGION MISMATCH
To correct this problem, purchase a cartridge with the correct region that matches the printer region, or purchase a
worldwide cartridge.
• The first number in the message after 42 indicates the region of the printer.
• The second number in the message after 42 indicates the region of the cartridge.
TTaabbllee 1122..11 PPrriinntteerr aanndd ttoonneerr ccaarrttrriiddggee rreeggiioonnss
RREEGGIIOONN NNUUMMEERRIICC CCOODDEE
Worldwide or Undefined region 0
North America (United States, Canada) 1
European Economic Area, Western Europe, Nordic
countries, Switzerland
2
Asia Pacific 3
Latin America 4
Rest of Europe, Middle East, Africa 5
Australia, New Zealand 6
Invalid region 9
Note: To find the region settings of the printer and toner cartridge, print the print quality test pages. From
the control panel, navigate to: SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 331
Troubleshooting
NON-XEROX SUPPLIES
The printer has detected a non-Xerox supply installed in the printer.
Your Xerox printer is designed to function best with genuine Xerox supplies. Use of third-party supplies can affect
the performance, reliability, or life of the printer and its imaging components.
All life indicators are designed to function with Xerox supplies and can deliver unpredictable results if third-party
supplies are used. Imaging component usage beyond the intended life may damage your Xerox printer or
associated components.
To accept any and all of these risks and to proceed with the use of non-genuine supplies or parts in your printer,
from the control panel, press and hold XX and ## simultaneously for 15 seconds.
WWaarrnniinngg:: Use of third-party supplies or parts can affect warranty coverage. Damage caused by the use
of third-party supplies or parts may not be covered by the warranty.
To accept any and all of these risks and to proceed with the use of non-genuine supplies in your printer, press and
hold XX and OOKK simultaneously for 15 seconds.
If you do not want to accept these risks, then remove the third-party supply or part from your printer and install a
genuine Xerox supply or part. For more information, refer to Using Genuine Xerox Supplies.
SCANNER MAINTENANCE REQUIRED, USE ADF KIT
The printer is scheduled for maintenance. For more information, go to or contact your service representative, then
report the message.
332 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Paper feed problems
PAPER JAMS
Avoiding jams
Load paper properly
• Make sure that the paper lies flat in the tray.
CCOORRRREECCTT LLOOAADDIINNGG OOFF PPAAPPEERR IINNCCOORRRREECCTT LLOOAADDIINNGG OOFF PPAAPPEERR
• Do not load or remove a tray while the printer is printing.
• Do not load too much paper. Make sure that the stack height is below the maximum paper fill indicator.
• Do not slide paper into the tray. Load paper as shown in the illustration.
• Make sure that the paper guides are positioned correctly and are not pressing tightly against the paper or
envelopes.
• Push the tray firmly into the printer after loading paper.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 333
Troubleshooting
Use recommended paper
• Use only recommended paper or specialty media.
• Do not load paper that is wrinkled, creased, damp, bent, or curled.
• Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.
• Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand.
• Do not mix paper sizes, weights, or types in the same tray.
• Make sure that the paper size and type are set correctly on the computer or printer control panel.
• Store paper according to manufacturer recommendations.
Identifying Jam Locations
• When Jam Assist is set to On, the printer flushes blank pages or pages with partial prints after a jammed page
has been cleared. Check your printed output for blank pages.
• When Jam Recovery is set to On or Auto, the printer reprints jammed pages.
334 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
2. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
3. Insert the tray.
Paper Jam in Door A
Paper Jam Below the Fuser
1. Open door A, and then open door B until it clicks into place.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed
metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
336 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
2. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
3. Close doors B and A.
Paper Jam in the Fuser
1. Open doors A and B.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed
metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 337
Troubleshooting
2. Open the fuser access door, and then remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
3. Close doors B and A.
Paper Jam in the Duplex Unit
1. Open door A.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed
metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
338 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
2. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
3. Close door A.
Paper Jam in the Standard Output Tray
1. Open door B until it clicks into place, and then remove the jammed paper.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed
metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 339
Troubleshooting
2. Open door A.
CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a
hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.
3. Open the fuser access door, and then remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
4. Close doors A and B.
Paper Jam in the Multipurpose Feeder
Note: The multipurpose feeder is available only in some printer models.
340 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
2. Open door C.
WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed
metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.
3. Remove the jammed paper.
Note: Make sure that all paper fragments are removed.
4. Close door C.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 343
Troubleshooting
Paper frequently jams
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Remove the tray.
2 Check if paper is loaded
correctly.
• Make sure that the paper
guides are positioned
correctly.
• Make sure that the stack
height is below the
maximum paper fill
indicator.
• Make sure to print on
recommended paper size
and type.
3 Insert the tray.
4 Print the document.
Do paper jams occur frequently?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Set the correct paper size and
type.
3 Print the document.
Do paper jams occur frequently?
Go to step 3. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 33
1 Load paper from a fresh
package.
Paper absorbs moisture due to
high humidity. Store paper in its
original wrapper until you are
ready to use it.
2 Print the document.
Do paper jams occur frequently?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
344 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Jammed pages are not reprinted
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
1 From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >
NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss >JJaamm CCoonntteenntt
RReeccoovveerryy
2 Select OOnn or AAuuttoo, then apply
the changes.
3 Print the document.
Are the jammed pages reprinted?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
ENVELOPE SEALS WHEN PRINTING
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Use an envelope that has been
stored in a dry environment.
Printing on envelopes with high
moisture content can seal the
flaps.
2 Send the print job.
Does the envelope seal when
printing?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 Make sure that paper type is set
to Envelope.
From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Send the print job.
Does the envelope seal when
printing?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 345
Troubleshooting
COLLATED PRINTING DOES NOT WORK
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 From the printer control panel,
navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >LLaayyoouutt >
CCoollllaattee
2 Set Collate to OOnn.
3 Print the document.
Are the pages collated correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 From the document that you
are trying to print, open the
Print dialog, select CCoollllaattee.
2 Print the document.
Are the pages collated correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Reduce the number of pages to
print.
2 Print the document.
Are the pages collated correctly?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
346 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
TRAY LINKING DOES NOT WORK
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the trays contain the
same paper size and paper type.
2 Check if the paper guides are
positioned correctly.
3 Print the document.
Do the trays link correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy
CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//
TTyyppee
2 Set the paper size and paper
type to match the paper loaded
in the linked trays.
3 Print the document.
Do the trays link correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Make sure that Tray Linking is
set to Automatic. For more
information, refer to Linking
trays.
2 Print the document.
Do the trays link correctly?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 347
Troubleshooting
Color quality problems
ADJUSTING TONER DARKNESS
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss
2. Adjust the setting.
3. Apply the changes.
MODIFYING THE COLORS IN PRINTED OUTPUT
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr CCoorrrreeccttiioonn
2. From the Color Correction menu, select MMaannuuaall >CCoolloorr CCoorrrreeccttiioonn CCoonntteenntt.
3. Choose the appropriate color conversion setting.
OOBBJJEECCTT TTYYPPEE CCOOLLOORR CCOONNVVEERRSSIIOONN TTAABBLLEESS
RGB Image
RGB Text
RGB Graphics
• Vivid—Produces brighter, more saturated colors
and may be applied to all incoming color
formats.
• sRGB Display—Produces an output that
approximates the colors displayed on a computer
monitor. Black toner usage is optimized for
printing photographs.
• Display-True Black—Produces an output that
approximates the colors displayed on a computer
monitor. This setting uses only black toner to
create all levels of neutral gray.
• sRGB Vivid—Provides an increased color
saturation for the sRGB Display color correction.
Black toner usage is optimized for printing
business graphics.
• Off
CMYK Image
CMYK Text
CMYK Graphics
• US CMYK—Applies color correction to
approximate the Specifications for Web Offset
Publishing (SWOP) color output.
• Euro CMYK—Applies color correction to
approximate Euroscale color output.
• Vivid CMYK—Increases the color saturation of
the US CMYK color correction setting.
• Off
348 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
FAQ ABOUT COLOR PRINTING
WWhhaatt iiss RRGGBB ccoolloorr??
RGB color is a method of describing colors by indicating the amount of red, green, or blue used to produce a certain
color. Red, green, and blue light can be added in various amounts to produce a large range of colors observed in
nature. Computer screens, scanners, and digital cameras use this method to display colors.
WWhhaatt iiss CCMMYYKK ccoolloorr??
CMYK color is a method of describing colors by indicating the amount of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black used to
reproduce a particular color. Cyan, magenta, yellow, and black inks or toners can be printed in various amounts to
produce a large range of colors observed in nature. Printing presses, inkjet printers, and color laser printers create
colors in this manner.
HHooww iiss ccoolloorr ssppeecciiffiieedd iinn aa ddooccuummeenntt ttoo bbee pprriinntteedd??
Software programs are used to specify and modify the document color using RGB or CMYK color combinations. For
more information, see the software program Help topics.
HHooww ddooeess tthhee pprriinntteerr kknnooww wwhhaatt ccoolloorr ttoo pprriinntt??
When printing a document, information describing the type and color of each object is sent to the printer and is
passed through color conversion tables. Color is translated into the appropriate amounts of cyan, magenta, yellow,
and black toner used to produce the color you want. The object information determines the application of color
conversion tables. For example, it is possible to apply one type of color conversion table to text while applying a
different color conversion table to photographic images.
WWhhaatt iiss mmaannuuaall ccoolloorr ccoorrrreeccttiioonn??
When manual color correction is enabled, the printer employs user-selected color conversion tables to process
objects. Manual color correction settings are specific to the type of object being printed (text, graphics, or images).
It is also specific to how the color of the object is specified in the software program (RGB or CMYK combinations).
To apply a different color conversion table manually, refer to Modifying the colors in printed output.
If the software program does not specify colors with RGB or CMYK combinations, then manual color correction is
not useful. It is also not effective if the software program or the computer operating system controls the
adjustment of colors. In most situations, setting the Color Correction to Auto generates preferred colors for the
documents.
HHooww ccaann II mmaattcchh aa ppaarrttiiccuullaarr ccoolloorr ((ssuucchh aass aa ccoorrppoorraattee llooggoo))??
From the printer Quality menu, nine types of Color Samples sets are available. These sets are also available from
the Color Samples page of the Embedded Web Server. Selecting any sample set generates multiple-page prints
consisting of hundreds of colored boxes. Each box contains a CMYK or RGB combination, depending on the table
selected. The observed color of each box is obtained by passing the CMYK or RGB combination labeled on the box
through the selected color conversion table.
By examining Color Samples sets, you can identify the box with color closest to the color being matched. The color
combination labeled on the box can then be used for modifying the color of the object in a software program. For
more information, see the software program Help topics. Manual color correction may be necessary to use the
selected color conversion table for the particular object.
Selecting which Color Samples set to use for a particular color-matching problem depends on:
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 349
Troubleshooting
• The Color Correction setting being used (Auto, Off, or Manual)
• The type of object being printed (text, graphics, or images)
• How the color of the object is specified in the software program (RGB or CMYK combinations)
If the software program does not specify colors with RGB or CMYK combinations, then the Color Samples pages are
not useful. Additionally, some software programs adjust the RGB or CMYK combinations specified in the program
through color management. In these situations, the printed color may not be an exact match of the Color Samples
pages.
THE PRINT APPEARS TINTED
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Perform Color Adjust.
1 From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr
AAddjjuusstt
2 Print the document.
Does the print appear tinted?
Go to step 2. The problem is solved.
SStteepp 22
1 From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >
AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr
BBaallaannccee
2 Adjust the settings.
3 Print the document.
Does the print appear tinted?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
350 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Faxing problems
CANNOT SEND OR RECEIVE FAXES
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Resolve any error messages that
appear on the display.
Can you send or receive a fax?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Make sure that the cable
connections for the following
equipment are secure:
• Telephone
• Handset
• Answering machine
Can you send or receive a fax?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
Check for a dial tone.
• Call the fax number to check if it
is working properly.
• If you are using the On Hook
Dial feature, then turn up the
volume to check if you hear a
dial tone.
Can you hear a dial tone?
Go to step 5. Go to step 4.
SStteepp 44
Check the telephone wall jack.
1 Connect the analog telephone
directly to the wall jack.
2 Listen for a dial tone.
3 If you do not hear a dial tone,
then use a different telephone
cable.
4 If you still do not hear a dial
tone, then connect the analog
telephone to a different wall
jack.
The problem is solved. Go to step 5.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 351
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
5 If you hear a dial tone, then
connect the printer to that wall
jack.
Can you send or receive a fax?
SStteepp 55
Check if the printer is connected to
an analog phone service or to the
correct digital connector.
• If you are using an Integrated
Services for Digital Network
(ISDN) telephone service, then
connect to an analog telephone
port of an ISDN terminal
adapter. For more information,
contact your ISDN provider.
• If you are using DSL, then
connect to a DSL filter or router
that supports analog use. For
more information, contact your
DSL provider.
• If you are using a private
branch exchange (PBX)
telephone service, then make
sure that you are connecting to
an analog connection on the
PBX. If none exists, then
consider installing an analog
telephone line for the fax
machine.
Can you send or receive a fax?
The problem is solved. Go to step 6.
352 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 66
Temporarily disconnect other
equipment and disable other
telephone services.
1 Disconnect other equipment
(such as answering machines,
computers, modems, or
telephone line splitters) between
the printer and the telephone
line.
2 Disable call waiting and voice
mail. For more information,
contact your telephone
company.
Can you send or receive a fax?
The problem is solved. Go to step 7.
SStteepp 77
Scan the original document one
page at a time.
1 Dial the fax number.
2 Scan the document.
Can you send or receive a fax?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 353
Troubleshooting
CAN RECEIVE BUT NOT SEND FAXES
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Load the original document
properly into the ADF tray or on the
scanner glass.
Can you send faxes?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Set up the shortcut number
properly.
• Check if the shortcut number is
set for the telephone number
that you want to dial.
• Dial the telephone number
manually.
Can you send faxes?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
CAN SEND BUT NOT RECEIVE FAXES
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Make sure that the paper source is
not empty.
Can you receive faxes?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Check the ring count delay settings.
From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >FFaaxx
RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >RRiinnggss ttoo
AAnnsswweerr
Can you receive faxes?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
If the printer is printing blank
pages, then refer to Blank or white
pages.
Can you receive faxes?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
354 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
POOR FAX PRINT QUALITY
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Make sure that there are no print
quality defects.
1 From the control panel, navigate
to SSeettttiinnggss >TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg
>PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess.
2 Correct any print quality defects.
For more information, refer to
Print quality is poor.
Is the fax print quality satisfactory?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Decrease the incoming fax
transmission speed.
1 From the control panel, navigate
to:
SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >
FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >AAddmmiinn
CCoonnttrroollss
2 From the Max Speed menu,
select a lower transmission
speed.
Is the fax print quality satisfactory?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 355
Troubleshooting
Scanning problems
CANNOT SCAN FROM A COMPUTER
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Turn off the printer, wait for
about 10 seconds, then turn it
back on.
2 Resend the scan job.
Can you send the scan job?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Make sure that the cables
between the printer and the
print server are secure.
For more information, see the
setup documentation that came
with the printer.
2 Resend the scan job.
Can you send the scan job?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
PARTIAL COPIES OF DOCUMENT OR PHOTO
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Make sure that the document or
photo is loaded facedown on
the upper left corner of the
scanner glass.
2 Copy the document or photo.
Is the document or photo copied
correctly?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Match the paper size setting
and the paper loaded in the
tray.
2 Copy the document or photo.
Is the document or photo copied
correctly?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
356 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
POOR COPY QUALITY
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Clean the scanner glass and the
ADF glass with a damp, soft,
lint-free cloth. If your printer has
a second ADF glass inside the
ADF, then also clean that glass.
For more information, refer to
Cleaning the Scanner.
2 Make sure that the document or
photo is loaded facedown on
the upper left corner of the
scanner glass.
3 Copy the document or photo.
Is the copy quality satisfactory?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Check the quality of the original
document or photo.
2 Adjust the scan quality settings.
3 Copy the document or photo.
Is the copy quality satisfactory?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 357
Troubleshooting
SCAN JOB WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
Check the cable connections.
1 Make sure that the Ethernet or
USB cable is securely connected
to the computer and the printer.
2 Resend the scan job.
Is the scan job successful?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
Check the file you want to scan.
1 Make sure that the file name is
not already used in the
destination folder.
2 Make sure that the document or
photo you want to scan is not
open in another application.
3 Resend the scan job.
Is the scan job successful?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Make sure that the AAppppeenndd
ttiimmee ssttaammpp or the OOvveerrwwrriittee
eexxiissttiinngg ffiillee check box is
selected in the destination
configuration settings.
2 Resend the scan job.
Is the scan job successful?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
SCANNER DOES NOT CLOSE
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
Remove obstructions that keep the
scanner unit open.
Did the scanner unit close correctly?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
358 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
SCANNING TAKES TOO LONG OR FREEZES THE COMPUTER
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
Close all applications that are
interfering with the scan.
Does scanning take too long or
freeze the computer?
Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.
SCANNER DOES NOT RESPOND
AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO
SStteepp 11
1 Check if the power cord is
connected properly to the
printer and the electrical outlet.
To avoid the risk of fire or
electrical shock, connect the
power cord to an appropriately
rated and properly grounded
electrical outlet that is near the
product and easily accessible.
2 Copy or scan the document.
Is the scanner responding?
The problem is solved. Go to step 2.
SStteepp 22
1 Check if the printer is turned on.
2 Resolve any error messages that
appear on the display.
3 Copy or scan the document.
Is the scanner responding?
The problem is solved. Go to step 3.
SStteepp 33
1 Turn off the printer, wait for
about 10 seconds, then turn the
printer on.
2 Copy or scan the document.
Is the scanner responding?
The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.
ADJUSTING SCANNER REGISTRATION
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >MMaaiinntteennaannccee >CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn MMeennuu >SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >SSccaannnneerr MMaannuuaall
RReeggiissttrraattiioonn
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 359
Troubleshooting
2. From the Print Quick Test menu, select SSttaarrtt.
3. Place the Print Quick Test page on the scanner glass, then select FFllaattbbeedd RReeggiissttrraattiioonn.
4. From the Copy Quick Test menu, select SSttaarrtt.
5. Compare the Copy Quick Test page with the original document.
Note: If the margins of the test page are different from the original document, then adjust Left Margin and
Top Margin.
6. Repeat and until the margins of the Copy Quick Test page closely match the original document.
ADJUSTING ADF REGISTRATION
1. From the control panel, navigate to:
SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >MMaaiinntteennaannccee >CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn MMeennuu >SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >SSccaannnneerr MMaannuuaall
RReeggiissttrraattiioonn
2. From the Print Quick Test menu, select SSttaarrtt.
3. Place the Print Quick Test page on the ADF tray.
4. Select FFrroonntt AADDFF RReeggiissttrraattiioonn or RReeaarr AADDFF RReeggiissttrraattiioonn.
• To align Front ADF Registration, place the test page faceup, short edge first into the ADF.
• To align Rear ADF Registration, place the test page facedown, short edge first into the ADF.
5. From the Copy Quick Test menu, select SSttaarrtt.
6. Compare the Copy Quick Test page with the original document.
Note: If the margins of the test page are different from the original document, then adjust Horizontal
Adjust and Top Margin.
7. Repeat and until the margins of the Copy Quick Test page closely match the original document.
360 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Troubleshooting
Contacting customer support
Before contacting customer support, make sure to have the following information:
• Printer problem
• Error message
• Printer model type and serial number
Go to e-mail or chat support, or browse through the library of manuals, support documentation, drivers, and other
downloads.
Go to https://support.xerox.com.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 361
Troubleshooting
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 363
Regulatory Information
This appendix contains:
Basic Regulations...............................................................................................................................364
Copy Regulations...............................................................................................................................374
Material Safety Data Sheets ................................................................................................................377
Basic Regulations
NOISE EMISSION LEVELS
The following measurements were made in accordance with ISO 7779 and reported in conformance with ISO
9296.
Note: Some modes may not apply to your product.
11--MMEETTEERR AAVVEERRAAGGEE SSOOUUNNDD PPRREESSSSUURREE,, DDBBAA
Printing • One-sided: 52
• Two-sided: 53
Scanning 49
Copying 49
Ready 16
EUROPEAN UNION LOT 19 ECODESIGN DIRECTIVE
Per European Commission Ecodesign Directive, the light source contained within this product or its components is
intended to be used for Image Capture or Image Projection only, and is not intended for use in other applications.
STATIC SENSITIVITY NOTICE
This symbol identifies static-sensitive parts. Do not touch the areas near these symbols
without first touching a metal surface in an area away from the symbol.
To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge when performing maintenance tasks, such
as clearing paper jams or replacing supplies, touch any exposed metal frame of the printer
before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer, even if the symbol is not present.
ENERGY STAR
Any Xerox product bearing the ENERGY STAR emblem on the product or on a start-up
screen is certified to comply with Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) ENERGY STAR
requirements as of the date of manufacture.
364 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
TEMPERATURE INFORMATION
Operating temperature and relative humidity 10 to 32.2°C (50 to 90°F) and 15 to 80% RH
15.3 to 32.2°C (60 to 90°F) and 8 to 80% RH
Maximum wet bulb temperature2: 22.8°C (73°F)
Non-condensing environment
Printer, cartridge, or imaging unit long-term
storage1
Printer, cartridge, or imaging unit short-term
shipping
-40 to 43.3°C (-40 to 110°F)
1Supplies shelf life is approximately 2 years. This is based on storage in a standard office environment at 22°C
(72°F) and 45% humidity.
2Wet-bulb temperature is determined by the air temperature and the relative humidity.
INFORMACIÓN DE LA ENERGÍA DE MÉXICO
• Consumo de energía en operación: 530 Wh
• Consumo de energía en modo de espera: 0.2 Wh
• Cantidad de producto por unidad de energía consumida: 3.96 páginas/Wh
LASER NOTICE
The printer is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR, Chapter I, Subchapter J for Class
I (1) laser products, and elsewhere is certified as a Class I laser product conforming to the requirements of IEC
60825-1: 2014.
Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The laser system and printer are designed so there is
never any human access to laser radiation above a Class I level during normal operation, user maintenance, or
prescribed service conditions. The printer has a non-serviceable printhead assembly that contains a laser with the
following specifications:
• Class: IIIb (3b) AlGalnP
• Nominal output power (milliwatts): 15
• Wavelength (nanometers): 650–670
POWER
Product Power Consumption
The following table documents the power consumption characteristics of the product.
Note: Some modes may not apply to your product.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 365
Regulatory Information
MMOODDEE DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN
PPOOWWEERR CCOONNSSUUMMPPTTIIOONN
((WWAATTTTSS))
Printing The product is generating hard-copy output from electronic inputs. One-sided: 530
Two-sided: 360
Copy The product is generating hard-copy output from hard-copy original
documents.
485
Scan The product is scanning hard-copy documents. 28.5
Ready The product is waiting for a print job. 26.5
Sleep Mode The product is in a high-level energy-saving mode. 1.9
Hibernate The product is in a low-level energy-saving mode. 0.2
Off The product is plugged into an electrical outlet, but the power switch
is turned off.
0.2
The power consumption levels listed in the previous table represent time-averaged measurements. Instantaneous
power draws may be substantially higher than the average.
Sleep Mode
This product is designed with an energy-saving mode called Sleep Mode. The Sleep Mode saves energy by lowering
power consumption during extended periods of inactivity. The Sleep Mode is automatically engaged after this
product is not used for a specified period of time, called the Sleep Mode Timeout.
Note: Factory default Sleep Mode Timeout for this product is 15 minutes.
By using the configuration menus, the Sleep Mode Timeout can be modified between 1 minute and 120 minutes. If
the print speed is less than or equal to 30 pages per minute, then you can set the timeout only up to 60 minutes.
Setting the Sleep Mode Timeout to a low value reduces energy consumption, but may increase the response time
of the product. Setting the Sleep Mode Timeout to a high value maintains a fast response, but uses more energy.
Hibernate Mode
This product is designed with an ultra-low power operating mode called Hibernate mode. When operating in
Hibernate Mode, all other systems and devices are powered down safely.
The Hibernate mode can be entered in any of the following methods:
• Using the Hibernate Timeout
• Using the Schedule Power modes
Note: Factory default Hibernate Timeout for this product in all countries or regions is 3 days.
The amount of time the printer waits after a job is printed before it enters Hibernate mode can be modified
between one hour and one month.
366 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
Off Mode
If this product has an off mode which still consumes a small amount of power, then to completely stop product
power consumption, disconnect the power supply cord from the electrical outlet.
Total Energy Usage
It is sometimes helpful to estimate the total product energy usage. Since power consumption claims are provided in
power units of Watts, the power consumption should be multiplied by the time the product spends in each mode in
order to calculate energy usage. The total product energy usage is the sum of each mode's energy usage.
TELECOMMUNICATION REGULATORY NOTICES
Regulatory Notices for Telecommunication Terminal Equipment
This section contains regulatory information pertaining to products that contain the analog facsimile card.
FCC Requirements Notice to Users of the US Telephone Network
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the Administrative Council
for Terminal Attachments (ACTA). On the back of this equipment is a label that contains, among other information,
a product identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to your
telephone company.
This equipment uses the RJ-11C Universal Service Order Code (USOC) jack.
A plug and jack used to connect this equipment to the premises’ wiring and telephone network must comply with
the applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. Use a compliant telephone cord (RJ-11)
that is26 AWG or larger when connecting this product to the public switched telephone network. See your setup
documentation for more information.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that may be connected to a
telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming
call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices
that may be connected to a line, as determined by the total RENs, contact your local telephone company. For
products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN for this product is part of the product identifier that has the format
US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point (for example, 03 is a REN of
0.3). For earlier products, the REN is shown separately on the label.
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will notify you in advance that
temporary discontinuance of service may be required. If advance notice is not practical, the telephone company will
notify the customer as soon as possible. You will also be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC.
The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that could affect
the operation of this equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will provide advance notice in order for
you to make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.
If you experience trouble with this equipment, for repair or warranty information, contact your point of purchase. If
the equipment is causing harm to the telephone network, the telephone company may request that you disconnect
the equipment until the problem is resolved.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 367
Regulatory Information
This equipment contains no user serviceable parts. For repair and warranty information, contact your point of
purchase.
Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the state public utility commission, public service
commission, or corporation commission for information.
If your home has specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line, ensure the installation of this
equipment does not disable your alarm equipment. If you have questions about what will disable alarm equipment,
consult your telephone company or a qualified installer.
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other
electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless said message clearly contains in a margin at
the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent
and an identification of the business or other entity, or other individual sending the message, and the telephone
number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may
not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.)
Refer to your user documentation in order to program this information into your fax machine.
Notice to Users of the Canadian Telephone Network
This product meets the applicable Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada technical specifications.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) indicates the maximum number of devices allowed to be connected to a
telephone interface. The termination of an interface may consist of any combination of devices subject only to the
requirement that the sum of the RENs of all the devices not exceed five. The REN is located on the product label.
This equipment uses CA11A telephone jacks.
Avis Réservé aux Utilisateurs du Réseau Téléphonique du Canada
Ce produit est conforme aux spécifications techniques d’Innovation, Sciences et Développement économique
Canada.
Le numéro REN (ringer equivalence number: numéro d’équivalence de sonnerie) indique le nombre maximum
d'appareils pouvant être connectés à l’interface téléphonique. En bout de ligne, le nombre d’appareils qui peuvent
être connectés n’est pas directement limité, mais la somme des REN de ces appareils ne doit pas dépasser cinq. Le
numéro REN est indiqué sur l'étiquette produit.
Cet équipement utilise des prises de téléphone CA11A.
Notice to Users of the New Zealand Telephone Network
The following are special conditions for the Facsimile User Instructions. The grant of a telepermit for any item of
terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the item complies with minimum conditions for
connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the product by Telecom, nor does it provide any sort of
warranty. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will work correctly in all respects with another item of
telepermitted equipment of a different make or model, nor does it imply that any product is compatible with all of
Telecom's network services.
This equipment shall not be set up to make automatic calls to the Telecom “111” Emergency Service.
This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected to the same line.
368 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
This equipment should not be used under any circumstances that may constitute a nuisance to other Telecom
customers.
This equipment is not capable, under all operating conditions, of correct operation at the higher speeds for which it
is designed. Telecom will accept no responsibility should difficulties arise in such circumstances.
The decadic (or pulse) dialing on this device is unsuitable for use on the Telecom network in New Zealand.
For correct operation, the total of all the Ringer Equivalence Numbers (RENs) of all parallel devices connected to the
same telephone line may not exceed 5. The REN of this device is located on the label.
This device uses an RJ-11C modular connector. Contact your point of purchase if a BT adapter is required.
Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom's telepermit requirements are dependent on the
equipment associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the following limits
for compliance to Telecom's specifications:
• There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30 minute period for any single
manual call initiation, and
• The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt and
the beginning of the next call attempt.
• The equipment shall be set to ensure that automatic calls to different numbers are spaced such that there is
not less than 5 seconds between the end of one call attempt and the beginning of another.
Verwendung dieses Produkts in Deutschland
Für dieses Produkt muss ein deutscher Billing Tone Filter zur Zählzeichenübertragung für jede Leitung installiert
werden, über die in Deutschland Zeitsteuertakte übertragen werden. Zeitsteuertakte sind in analogen Leitungen in
Deutschland möglicherweise nicht vorhanden. Der Teilnehmer kann die Bereitstellung von Zeitsteuertakten
veranlassen oder beim deutschen Netzanbieter telefonisch deren Deaktivierung beantragen. Im Regelfall werden
Zeitsteuertakte nur dann bereitgestellt, wenn dies vom Teilnehmer bei der Installation ausdrücklich erwünscht wird.
Using this Product in Switzerland
This product requires a Swiss billing tone filter to be installed on any line which receives metering pulses in
Switzerland.
Utilisation de ce produit en Suisse
Cet appareil nécessite l’utilisation d’un filtre de tonalité de facturation suisse devant être installé sur toute ligne
recevant des impulsions de comptage en Suisse.
Verwendung dieses Produkts in der Schweiz
Für dieses Produkt muss ein schweizerischer Billing Tone Filter zur Zählzeichenübertragung für jede Leitung installiert
werden, über die in der Schweiz Zeitsteuertakte übertragen werden.
Uso del prodotto in Svizzera
Questo prodotto richiede un filtro toni Billing svizzero, da installare su tutte le linee che ricevono impulsi remoti in
Svizzera.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 369
Regulatory Information
REGULATORY NOTICES FOR WIRELESS PRODUCTS
This section contains regulatory information that applies only to wireless models.
If in doubt as to whether your model is a wireless model, go to http://support.xerox.com.
Modular Component Notice
Wireless models contain modular components. To determine which modular components are installed in your
particular product, refer to the labeling on your actual product.
Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation
The radiated output power of this device is far below the radio frequency exposure limits of the FCC and other
regulatory agencies. A minimum separation of 20 cm (8 inches) must be maintained between the antenna and any
persons for this device to satisfy the RF exposure requirements of the FCC and other regulatory agencies.
Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada
This device complies with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada license-exempt RSS standards.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the
device.
Innovation, Sciences et Développement économique Canada
Cet appareil est conforme aux normes RSS exemptes de licence d'Innovation, Sciences et Développement
économique Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:
1. Cet appareil ne doit pas causer d'interférences et
2. Il doit accepter toutes les interférences, y compris les celles qui peuvent entraîner un fonctionnement
indésirable.
European Union and European Economic Area Compliance
The CE mark applied to this product indicates compliance to applicable EU Directives. The full text
of the EU Declaration of Conformity is located at https://www.xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs.
Restrictions
This radio equipment is restricted to indoor use only. Outdoor use is prohibited. This restriction applies to all the
countries listed in the table below:
370 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
AT BE BG CH CY CZ
DE DK EE EL ES FI
FR HR HU IE IS IT
LI LT LU LV MT
NL NO PL PT RO
SE SI SK TR UK
EU and Other Countries Statement of Radio Transmitter Operational Frequency Bands and Maximum RF Power
This radio product transmits in either the 2.4GHz (2.412–2.472 GHz in the EU) or 5GHz (5.15–5.35, 5.47–5.725 in
the EU) bands. The maximum transmitter EIRP power output, including antenna gain, is ≤ 20dBm for both bands.
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (FCC) COMPLIANCE INFORMATION STATEMENT
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of
the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
The FCC Class B limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the
equipment is operated in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this
equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following
measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult your point of purchase or service representative for additional suggestions.
The manufacturer is not responsible for radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended
cables or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or modifications
could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
Note: To assure compliance with FCC regulations on electromagnetic interference for a Class B computing
device, use a properly shielded and grounded cable. Use of a substitute cable not properly shielded and
grounded may result in a violation of FCC regulations.
For more information on Environment, Health, and Safety in relation to this Xerox product and supplies, contact the
following:
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 371
Regulatory Information
WWeebb aaddddrreessss:https://www.xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs
CCaallll ((UUSS aanndd CCaannaaddaa oonnllyy)): 1–800–ASK-XEROX (1–800–275–9376)
EEmmaaiill: EHS-Europe@xerox.com
INNOVATION, SCIENCE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CANADA COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard
ICES-003.
Avis de conformité aux normes de l’Innovation, Sciences et Développement économique Canada
Cet appareil numérique de classe B est conforme aux exigences de la norme canadienne relative aux équipements
pouvant causer des interférences NMB-003.
GERMANY
Germany - Blue Angel
RAL, the German Institute for Quality Assurance and Labeling, has awarded the following
configuration of this device the Blue Angel Environmental Label:
Network printer with automatic 2-sided printing and USB or network connectivity.
This label distinguishes it as a device that satisfies Blue Angel criteria for environmental
acceptability in terms of device design, manufacture, and operation. For more information,
go to www.blauer-engel.de.
Blendschutz
Das Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz vorgesehen. Um
störende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt nicht im unmittelbaren
Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.
Importeur
Xerox GmbH
Hellersbergstraße 2-4
41460 Neuss
Deutschland
TURKEY ROHS REGULATION
In compliance with Article 7 (d), we hereby certify “it is in compliance with the EEE regulation.”
“EEE yönetmeliğine uygundur.”
372 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
UKRAINE ROHS COMPLIANCE
Обладнання відповідаєвимогам Технічного регламенту щодо обмеження
використання деяких небезпечних речовин в електричному та електронному
обладнані, затвердженого постановою Кабінету Міністрів України від 3 грудня
2008 № 1057.
(The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of
Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in
electrical and electronic equipment.)
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 373
Regulatory Information
Copy Regulations
UNITED STATES
Congress, by statute, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain circumstances. Penalties
of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such reproductions.
1. Obligations or Securities of the United States Government, such as:
• Certificates of Indebtedness.
• National Bank Currency.
• Coupons from Bonds.
• Federal Reserve Bank Notes.
• Silver Certificates.
• Gold Certificates.
• United States Bonds.
• Treasury Notes.
• Federal Reserve Notes.
• Fractional Notes.
• Certificates of Deposit.
• Paper Money.
• Bonds and Obligations of certain agencies of the government, such as FHA and so on.
• Bonds. United States Savings Bonds may be photographed only for publicity purposes in connection with
the campaign for the sale of such bonds.
• Internal Revenue Stamps. If it is necessary to reproduce a legal document on which there is a canceled
revenue stamp, this may be done provided the reproduction of the document is performed for lawful
purposes.
• Postage Stamps, canceled or uncanceled. For philatelic purposes, Postage Stamps may be photographed,
provided the reproduction is in black and white and is less than 75% or more than 150% of the linear
dimensions of the original.
• Postal Money Orders.
• Bills, Checks, or Drafts of money drawn by or upon authorized officers of the United States.
• Stamps and other representatives of value, of whatever denomination, which have been or may be issued
under any Act of Congress.
• Adjusted Compensation Certificates for Veterans of the World Wars.
2. Obligations or Securities of any Foreign Government, Bank, or Corporation.
3. Copyrighted materials, unless permission of the copyright owner has been obtained or the reproduction falls
within the “fair use” or library reproduction rights provisions of the copyright law. Further information of these
provisions may be obtained from the Copyright Office, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for
Circular R21.
374 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
4. Certificate of Citizenship or Naturalization. Foreign Naturalization Certificates may be photographed.
5. Passports. Foreign Passports may be photographed.
6. Immigration papers.
7. Draft Registration Cards.
8. Selective Service Induction papers that bear any of the following Registrant’s information:
• Earnings or Income.
• Court Record.
• Physical or mental condition.
• Dependency Status.
• Previous military service.
• Exception: United States military discharge certificates may be photographed.
9. Badges, Identification Cards, Passes, or Insignia carried by military personnel, or by members of the various
Federal Departments, such as FBI, Treasure, and so on (unless photograph is ordered by the head of such
department or bureau).
Reproducing the following is also prohibited in certain states:
• Automobile Licenses.
• Drivers’ Licenses.
• Automobile Certificates of Title.
The preceding list is not all inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt,
consult your attorney.
For more information about these provisions contact the Copyright Office, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.
20559. Ask for Circular R21.
CANADA
Parliament, by stature, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain circumstances.
Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on those guilty of making such reproductions.
• Current bank notes or current paper money
• Obligations or securities of a government or bank
• Exchequer bill paper or revenue paper
• The public seal of Canada or of a province, or the seal of a public body or authority in Canada, or of a court of
law
• Proclamations, orders, regulations, or appointments, or notices thereof (with intent to falsely cause same to
purport to have been printed by the Queens Printer for Canada, or the equivalent printer for a province)
• Marks, brands, seals, wrappers, or designs used by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of a province,
the government of a state other than Canada or a department, board, Commission, or agency established by
the Government of Canada or of a province or of a government of a state other than Canada
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 375
Regulatory Information
• Impressed or adhesive stamps used for the purpose of revenue by the Government of Canada or of a province
or by the government of a state other than Canada
• Documents, registers, or records kept by public officials charged with the duty of making or issuing certified
copies thereof, where the copy falsely purports to be a certified copy thereof
• Copyrighted material or trademarks of any manner or kind without the consent of the copyright or trademark
owner
This list is provided for your convenience and assistance, but it is not all-inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its
completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, consult your solicitor.
OTHER COUNTRIES
Copying certain documents may be illegal in your country. Penalties of fine or imprisonment may be imposed on
those found guilty of making such reproductions.
• Currency notes
• Bank notes and checks
• Bank and government bonds and securities
• Passports and identification cards
• Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner
• Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments
This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, contact
your legal counsel.
376 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Regulatory Information
Material Safety Data Sheets
For Material Safety Data information regarding your printer, go to:
• Web Address: https://safetysheets.business.xerox.com/en-us/
• United States and Canada: 1-800-ASK-XEROX (1-800-275-9376)
• Other markets, send an email request to EHS-Europe@xerox.com
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 377
Regulatory Information
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 379
Recycling and Disposal
This appendix contains:
Product Disposal and Recycling.............................................................................................................380
North America...................................................................................................................................381
Xerox Green World Alliance..................................................................................................................382
Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . ..... 383
North America
Xerox operates an equipment take-back and reuse and recycle program. Contact your Xerox representative (1–800–
ASK-XEROX) to determine if this Xerox product is part of the program. For more information about Xerox
environmental programs, go to https://www.xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 381
Recycling and Disposal
Xerox Green World Alliance
The Xerox Green World Alliance Program allows you to return qualified supplies to Xerox for reuse or recycling. One
hundred percent of the empty cartridges returned to Xerox are either reused or de-manufactured for recycling. The
boxes used to return the cartridges are also recycled.
To return Xerox cartridges for reuse or recycling, do the following:
1. Go to https://www.xerox.com/office/recycle.
2. Click RReeccyycclliinngg.
3. Select an option for return.
382 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide
Recycling and Disposal
Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive
The WEEE logo signifies specific recycling programs and procedures for electronic products
in countries of the European Union. We encourage the recycling of our products.
If you have further questions about recycling options, contact your local sales office.
INDIA E-WASTE NOTICE
This product including components, consumables, parts and spares complies with the “India E-Waste Rules” and
prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers
in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight and 0.01% by weight for cadmium, except for the exemption set in
the Rule.
Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 383
Recycling and Disposal
